July Gardening Reminders 2023

July Gardening Reminders 2023

July 11th, 2023 by

Keep control of soft, fast-growing weeds such as thistles; they harbour aphids and other problems.

Now is the time to make yourself a good big compost bin, just before you really need it!  Ideally, use four stakes as corners 1 metre apart in a square and staple wire netting (1 metre deep) around the square. This affords easy entry when you wish to empty it, or it can be made bigger or smaller at will.  If you would like a really permanent one, use pressure-treated plywood or boards instead of netting.

Treat shrubs which were cut back in the spring with a high Sulphate of Potash feed to encourage the production of flower buds for next year. Prune shrubs grown on walls and pergolas to remove some of the top growth and further stimulate growth from the base of the plant.

Evergreen hedges can be clipped this month (and some deciduous ones), but ensure there are no nesting birds in the hedge or bush. Cut laurel, and Eleagnus hedges with secateurs to prevent cut leaves. In hot weather, spray newly planted container-grown hedge plant foliage with water as well as ensuring that the root zone continues to be kept moist.

Lift tulip bulbs after they have fully died down and store them in paper bags in a dry and airy place over the summer.

 Keep hydrangeas well-watered, particularly those growing in containers, as they quickly show signs of drought, and it can be difficult to get them to fully recover.

 Check the moisture level of hanging baskets every morning, and water thoroughly if dry. Feed plants with a soluble or liquid feed once per week and remove flower heads which are going over.

 Divide established clumps of bearded iris immediately after blooming and plant in the ground or in containers and keep moist. Discard the older exhausted rhizomes, and cut back the foliage of the new plants to approximately 12-15cm.

Lawns may have turned brown in the very dry weather we had in June, but if it rains significantly in the near future, the lawn will quickly green up again. If it remains dry, leave grass mowings on the lawn to act as a mulch. Remove significant weeds, as these will quickly outgrow the surrounding grass.

Roses will appreciate a good soak in the dry weather, remove spent flowerheads and ensure that greenflies are not becoming established on the younger shoots. Apply a summer rose feed in mid-month.

Before hose watering during the summer, ensure that your region has not had watering restrictions imposed, as water resources appear to have become under stress much earlier in the summer than usual.

In dry weather, an effective way of reducing moisture loss on bare ground between plants is to hoe the ground lightly to maintain a loose tilth, but don’t hoe too deeply. Another good aid in very dry conditions is to apply a 2-3cm mulch of garden compost to the soil surface.

Prune or tie in shrubs growing on walls or pergolas to secure some of the heavy top growth and further stimulate additional growth from the lower regions of the plant.

 Give the root balls of newly purchased container-grown shrubs and trees a really good soaking before planting and again 5 or 6 days later after planting. Ensure that stakes remain secure after the wind.

July is a good month to take Heather cuttings, choose strong, young, half-ripe, non-flowering shoots, and dip the bottom 5cm in rooting hormone. Insert around the edge of a 9cm pot.  Keep in a closed-shaded area, and don’t allow it to dry out, but don’t allow drips from covering glass to fall on them!

Johnsons launch 15m step challenge in support of Perennial

Johnsons launch 15m step challenge in support of Perennial

April 21st, 2023 by

Johnsons has launched a 15 million step challenge as part of Move More Month in April to raise vital funds for the horticultural mental health charity, Perennial.

Perennial supports people in the horticultural industry, including those who work at Johnsons, with health and wellbeing advice, housing and financial support and debt advice.

We recently became a Platinum Partner for the charity, and mental health is a top priority. We have successfully delivered mental health training to our whole workforce, with 34 managers and deputies receiving additional mental health first aid training from MHFA England qualified team members.

Marketing and office manager, Eleanor Richardson, and amenity operations unit manager, Dave Barrett, was the first to complete the mental health first aid course via MHFA England and since qualifying in October, they have been training other members of staff on how to support each other’s mental wellbeing alongside health and safety advisors.

Speaking of the challenge, Eleanor Richardson, marketing and office manager and qualified mental health first aider at Johnsons of Whixley, said: “At Johnsons, we believe that taking care of our employees’ mental health is just as important as their physical health, so that’s why this challenge is such an important one for us.

“Not only will we be supporting Perennial, which has helped a number of our team members in the past, but we will be getting together as a team and building bonds across departments, getting some exercise and supporting one another towards a shared goal.

“We have seen first-hand the impact mental health issues can have, and we want to do everything we can to support our employees.”

Li Crane, the fundraising administrator at Perennial, added: “I would like to thank the whole team at Johnson’s of Whixley for undertaking this fantastic Steps Challenge throughout the month of April. It is a great example of how our industry can support Perennial through fundraising initiatives and by finding ways of spreading our message that Perennial is here for all those working in horticulture that need our help.”

In addition to the investment in training, Johnsons of Whixley has created a number of resources to support its staff. This includes monthly updates to notice boards and a brochure for staff on how to spot and manage negative mental health triggers. The brochure also contains information on how to support positive mental health both at work and at home, advice on how to open up about issues, and details on various support networks and helplines.

We plan to continue our efforts to spread awareness of mental health issues and provide support throughout 2023, with support services readily available, creating a positive and supportive work environment for all employees.

You can sponsor staff via the JustGiving page below

https://www.justgiving.com/page/johnsons-of-whixley

March Gardening Reminders 2023

March Gardening Reminders 2023

March 2nd, 2023 by

With spring on the horizon and frequent sunny days increasing, theirs plenty of tasks to complete in the garden during March, from pruning to giving the lawn its first cut and removing spring bulb flowerheads when they have finished flowering.

 

Prune strong growing Buddleias down to about 45cm. for a good show in the summer. Prune down to 60-80cm for denser but weaker overall growth.

 

Apply a moss killer to the lawn and lightly rake over to remove debris as the moss dies off. Cut the lawn on a dry day when conditions allow, the almost certainly second half of March, with the mower blades set high. Trim the lawn edges with a half-moon or a spade.

 

Cut back to 30-40cm., willows and dogwoods which are being grown as a bush for their bright spring and summer growth. Use some of the prunings as hardwood cuttings and root them in pots or borders.

 

Don’t plant out tender plants yet, the wind can be extremely cold, and temperatures can get low enough to cause a significant depth of snow with 5-8cm of frozen soil. On average, the Yorkshire region can expect 90 to 100 hours of sunshine in the month, and significant winds in coastal areas.

 

In view of the apparent increase in the number of dry spells in recent years, it could well be to advantage to provide a 5cm. a mulch of compost or leaf mould to plants such as hydrangeas and newly planted trees and shrubs which may suffer from a lack of moisture.

 

By the middle of the month, the water pumps for deep ponds could go back into the water, and begin to feed any fish you may have in the pond.

 

Re-seed bare patches in the lawn. It is a good time to propagate shrubs by layering low-growing branches of choice shrubs to produce a significant young plant. A very satisfying exercise!

 

Arrange to plant summer flowering bulbs when planting conditions are good.

 

After late heavy snowfalls, knock snow off the conifers before the branches get bent over and broken. Most plants are better under snow in a hard frost as they are well insulated.

 

When daffodils have faded, remove the flowerheads, but not the flower stalk, in order to prevent the plant from wasting energy on bringing seed heads to maturity.

 

Propagate heathers by layering or heel cuttings, and remove perennial weeds before planting at 30-40cm. Spacing, incorporating peat and bone meal for acid-loving varieties.

 

Hard prune shrubby Eucalyptus to 15cm. This helps to retain the good blue foliage colour and keep the shrub compact.

 

In bad weather, finalise plans for garden improvements and order plants and sundries to enable you to start work as soon as possible.

 

Hard prune climbers down to 30 cm. that have got out of hand include rambling roses, ivies, honeysuckle and jasmine.

 

Finish pruning perennials which have not yet been cut back, don’t remove new green shoots. There is still time to lift and divide large herbaceous clumps. Replant or give away outer sections of the clump and destroy the older centre of the plant.

 

Kill weeds on paths and drives with an approved weedkiller, and keep them clean with a total weedkiller. Remove moss from paths and driveways with an approved moss killer.

 

Lift overcrowded snowdrop clumps out of the ground with a fork when the leaf tips are turning yellow, and replants immediately in a new site at the same depth.

February Gardening Reminders 2023

February Gardening Reminders 2023

February 6th, 2023 by

February is a great month for gardening as spring is in sight, with bulbs starting to emerge, lighter evenings and birds starting to chirp.  Be sure to prune, tidy and look after plants that struggle in the cold this month.

Divide and replant snowdrops as the flowers go over.

Pot up or transplant last year’s hardwood cuttings.

Brush snow off conifers and heathers if there is heavy snowfall in order to prevent branches and stems from being broken.

Plant some lilies in deep pots and keep them in the greenhouse, ready for transfer to the flower border when the flowers develop.

Prune shrub roses in late February to encourage growth from the base. Remove some old shoots, but don’t reduce height too much as they tend to flower on older wood.

Don’t apply heavy fertiliser applications to naturalized bulbs as this will only encourage the surrounding grass.

Make sure the hellebores have been tidied up with the removal of all the old leaves to make way for the new flowers and leaves, which will arise very shortly.

Plant roses as soil conditions permit, and prune stems of new HT and Floribunda roses down to an outward-facing bud, 75 to 150cm above the graft. Firm the soil around the roots.

When the weather is too cold to do much else, turn the compost heap upside down and inside out to ensure that all the outside materials will be rotted down as soon as possible.

Cut back Clematis Jackmanii and C. Vitticella groups to about 30cm. Pyracanthas should be pruned to within two buds of the main framework except for required extensions, if not already completed last autumn.

Continue to plant new fruit trees and bushes when conditions allow and apply a 12cm thick mulch of well-rotted compost to the root zone, allowing a 10cm space between compost and the trunk or stem to prevent future stem rot.

Prune-established fruit trees other than damsons and cherries. Prune newly planted fruit trees to shape and reduce leading shoots by half.

Check that house drains and other run-off areas from the garden are not choked by rotting leaves. Also applies to the lawn!

Check stored fruits for signs of rot, and throw out partially damaged fruit for the birds.

Check fruit trees for mummified fruits still retained in the branches, and remove and destroy them to help prevent further disease in the coming summer.

Prune out old fruiting canes on autumn fruiting raspberries down to soil level. Remove a quarter of the old branches to the base to encourage strong new growth.

Before you start clearing leaves or forking over bare areas, check for bulbs which have started growing and are just below the surface.

Take hardwood cuttings of forsythia, deutzia, honeysuckle, jasmine, Virginia creeper, holly, privet, cotoneaster, poplar, willow, gooseberries etc.

Invest in a soil thermometer. When the soil temperature exceeds 5 deg. C, start sowings of hardy crops such as carrots, lettuce, and radish direct into the ground.

Clean out bird boxes again and sterilize them with a kettle full of boiling water before new nesting materials are introduced.

Apply a mulch of garden compost, mushroom compost or similar, to all trees and shrubs in potentially dry sites. No need to incorporate it into the soil; worms will be pleased to do it for you!

Don’t apply mushroom compost, which has a high lime content, to acid-loving plants such as rhododendrons and azaleas.

 

January Gardening Reminders 2023

January Gardening Reminders 2023

January 11th, 2023 by

January is the perfect month for planning out your garden activities and planning ahead for 2023; it is also an excellent month to do your winter pruning and planting while roots remain dormant.

Prepare the ground for planting roses; if the ground is wet or sticky, delay planting until conditions improve. ‘Heel in’ newly purchased bare root roses until conditions are suitable.

Check stored dahlia tubers, and place them in a bucket of tepid water overnight if they have shrivelled. Cut out rotten areas of the tuber and treat wounds with a dusting of flowers of sulphur.

Thin out dead and diseased branches from established trees and shrubs. Winter prune wisterias by cutting back young shoots to within 7.5cm of old wood.

Continue to plant new fruit trees and bushes when conditions allow and apply a 12cm thick mulch of well-rotted compost to the root zone, allowing a 10cm space between compost and the trunk or stems to prevent future stem rot.

Do not let ice form on the surface of concrete pools, as it may expand when thick and could damage the pool sides.

Take root cuttings of a wide range of plant species by lifting the root system and selecting a few roots the thickness of a little finger and 8-10cm long. Cut the top horizontally and the base diagonally to prevent confusion. Plant in the compost a couple of cms below the surface and cover with approx 2 cm of sharp sand—place in a cold frame or frost-free glasshouse for the rest of the winter. New shoots should begin to appear in early spring.

Mid-winter is the best time to take chrysanthemum cuttings as they root easily.

Prune-established fruit trees other than damsons and cherries. Prune newly planted fruit trees to shape and reduce leading shoot leaves by half.

Dead-head winter flowering pansies to ensure they continue to flower freely.

If you need to move a shrub which has outgrown its space, dig around the plant with a vertical spade to a depth of 45-60cm and then use the spade to cut under the roots from all sides until the rootball is free. Ease a piece of thick polythene under the root system and drag it out of the hole to its new location. Once firmly in place, fill back the space around the rootball, firm the soil by treading it in, and water thoroughly to eliminate air pockets.

Spray fruit trees and bushes with a tar-oil winter wash to kill overwintered aphid eggs. This also kills moss and lichen. Do not spray in frosty or windy weather, and protect evergreens or lawns in the area with ground sheets as they are subject to being burned by the spray.

Prune out old fruiting canes on autumn fruiting raspberries down to soil level. Remove a quarter of the old branches to the base to encourage strong new growth.

Before clearing leaves or forking over bare areas, check for bulbs that have started growing and are just below the surface.

Check the plant labels on plants around the garden; many will have faded or broken.

Now the garden is bare, take an objective look around from all angles and consider if an ornament, seating or a structure of some sort would add interest.

If hard weather is forecast, wrap up tender plants such as Agapanthus in bracken or straw for added protection.

Mark areas where bulbs come into flower with twigs so that future cultivations can be made safely. They will be easier to find if you wish to move them at a later date.

 

 

 

December gardening reminders 2022

December gardening reminders 2022

December 5th, 2022 by

Want to keep busy in the garden during December? There’s plenty to do, from clearing leaves, cutting back overgrown hedges, pruning Acers and Betulas, planting new fruit trees and bushes and more… check out our full hints and tips by our chairman and horticulturist, John Richardson below.

After the heavy November rain, fallen leaves are becoming a congealed mass in many gardens Try and clear them to the compost heap before they begin to rot and affect many of the plants, such as herbaceous, alpines, low-growing shrubs and plants in containers.

Ensure that outside taps and taps in unheated buildings are well insulated, and turn off the stop taps to prevent the possibility of them freezing.

Clear leaves off the lawn and replace any damaged areas of turf with new turfs from a less obvious location on the lawn.

Take the opportunity to cut back overgrown hedges, either mechanically on deciduous plants by the use of a saw or secateurs on large-leafed evergreens such as laurel or rhododendrons. Wait until growth starts again in the spring before pruning conifer hedges.

Clean moss and lichen from paths and walls. There are several brands of commercial cleaners available, but bleach is equally as good. A power washer will make light work of the job, which is impressive when completed!

If you intend to get on with early winter digging, cover a suitable area with polythene so that the ground is not waterlogged when you wish to dig.

Lower temperatures and snow are forecast; make sure your bird feeding stations are clean and regularly refilled. The same applies to an accessible water supply. Remember, cooked food for birds instead of bird seed may attract vermin.

If heavy snow falls, try and make some time to brush or shake it off trees and shrubs where it is likely to cause breakage to branches due to the weight of the snow.

If rabbits are a problem in your area, protect newly planted shrubs with rabbit guards or wire netting to prevent them from damaging the stems.

Prune Acers and Betula species before mid-December to prevent wounds from bleeding.  Do not prune Hamemellis, Chimonanthus, Forsythia etc., until after flowering.

Plant new fruit trees and bushes in clean fertile soil and stake as appropriate for the plant and subsequent growth intention.

Take hardwood cuttings of a range of woody trees and shrubs as recommended.

Thoroughly clean and oil all garden tools, and sharpen those with cutting edges. Change the oil in the lawnmower to be ready for next season.

Check stored fruits for signs of rotting and throw out damaged fruit for the birds.

Any plants which are now too big for their location or ‘in the wrong place’ can be safely moved. The soil in December is usually warm enough to stimulate the production of new roots. Stake tall new plants to prevent wind rock until well-rooted, and reduce their size if appropriate.

Move permanent container plants such as Camellias into the shelter in the lee of walls.

 

September Gardening Reminders 2022

September Gardening Reminders 2022

August 30th, 2022 by

September is generally noticeably cooler than August, and the nights are now drawing in, but there’s plenty to be doing in the garden this month, including planting bulbs, scarifying and aerating lawns and taking cuttings from evergreen shrubs. Check out our full list of hints and tips below put together by our chairman and horticulturist John Richardson.

Keep dead-heading the best flowering plants to encourage new flowers and stop them from setting seed.

Crocosmias form large mounds of roots and corms over a few years; try separating them with a fork, pulling them apart, or removing the soil and untangling them with the help of a hosepipe jet.

The lawn will benefit from being scarified and aerated; remove moss. Add sharp sand or compost and re-seed worn patches. Apply autumn fertilizer at 2 oz. per sq. yd and apply a weed control.

During rainy weather, transplant Rhododendrons and Azaleas, which need moving and plant new bushes. Heel in plants newly arrived if the ground is not yet fully prepared but ensure that root balls are kept moist.

By the end of the month, slightly reduce the watering and feeding of house plants, and ensure they have plenty of light. Reduce the amount of water given to cacti.

Take cuttings of evergreen shrubs, geraniums and hydrangeas. Check that electrical installations are in good order and insulation is undamaged.

Prune weeping standard roses, which are summer flowering climbers and ramblers grown on standard rose briar stems, by removing the stems which have flowered during the year, and leave the new main stems to flower next year.

Purchase sweet pea seeds for sowing next month. Include a few of the old-fashioned varieties as these will provide fragrance.

Prepare sites for any new hedges to be planted over the winter months. Dig the hedge strip 45cm wide on either side of the centre line of the hedge. Skim off any turf or weed growth, burying it upside-down in the bottom of the trench. Remove any perennial weeds. Plant evergreen hedges until mid-October.

Prepare pots and bowls of bulbs to flower from Christmas to Easter. Use bulb fibre in containers with drainage holes and stand the container on a suitable saucer. Containers without a drainage hole can be used but extreme care must be taken not to over-water the pot.

Sow annuals such as clarkia, nemesia, antirrhinums, calendulas, and cornflowers in a cool greenhouse for a colourful display in spring and early summer. Sow in John Innes seed compost and prick out in pots of JI No 1 potting compost as soon as large enough to handle.

Keep dead-heading the best flowering plants to encourage new flowers and stop them from setting seed.

Cut off and burn any Iris leaves which have developed brown leaf spot disease since flowering.

 

 

August Gardening Reminders 2022

August Gardening Reminders 2022

August 4th, 2022 by

Summer isn’t over yet… August is usually a hot one, and there’s plenty to be doing in the garden this month, from watering to trimming lavenders and deadheading flowering plants to encourage new flowers. Read our full list of reminders below put together by our chairman and horticulturist John Richardson:

Trim Lavenders after flowers go over, but don’t cut into last season’s wood as this may prevent future re-growth.

Maintain the water level in ponds in order to prevent stress to fish, plants, and other pond life.

Collect and dispose of fallen apples showing signs of Brown Rot, do not compost them.

Keep dead-heading the best flowering plants to encourage new flowers and stop them from setting seeds. Apply a liquid feed as plants will require added nutrition to counter the dry weather and heavy watering.

Always use really sharp secateurs when cutting roses or pruning any plant. Weed between alpines and top up the surface with grit or gravel.  Take cuttings of Aubretia, dwarf  Helianthemums etc., and root them in a warm propagator.

Do not cut back paeonies which have flowered, just remove dead flower heads, as they need to die back naturally as a part of the ripening process.

Towards the end of the month, cut down the fruited canes of raspberries to ground level, and tie in the young canes which will carry the fruits of next year’s harvest.

Watch out for pests and diseases, warm, dry weather encourages mildew, and aphids can rapidly increase in numbers.  Treat with specific garden chemicals.

Damp down greenhouse floors to maintain humidity, and don’t forget to open the vents to improve air circulation.  Best to water early morning or late evening, and not in the heat of the sun. Close doors at night by the end of the month as conditions become cooler but be sure to open up again the following morning!

Collect the seed of plants you wish to regenerate again next year. Place a brown paper bag over the seed head and shake out contents as they become free; save the seed in the fridge and sow next spring.

Take cuttings of shrubs, heathers, hydrangeas, and fuchsias.

Container watering will still be a high priority, placing the container in a saucer-shaped dish will be a   great help in ensuring that the majority of water you apply remains available to the plant.

Give a final trim to fast growing hedges, and don’t forget to remove the weeds from under hedges.

Finish pruning stone fruits such as cherries and plums by mid-month. Choose a dry day in order to prevent disease entry through the wound.  If you have peaches or apricots under protection, prune them now to prevent silver leaf disease.

Best to leave laying or sowing a new lawn until September when the weather is cooler and there is probably more moisture in the ground.

Propagate Rhododendrons by layering a low growing shoot into some prepared compost beneath the bush. The shoot should be non-flowering, de-leafed in the wound area, and either twisted or nicked with a knife to produce a tongue and pinned down into the prepared mound of soil. Cover the whole area with an inch of compost and water thoroughly. Rhodo layers can take 2 years to produce a good new plant.

Remove rose blooms as they fade. Cut roses for display as short as possible. Do not feed in the autumn as soft growth would be encouraged, which could not mature before winter.

The Growers Choice: Plants for butterflies

The Growers Choice: Plants for butterflies

August 1st, 2022 by

In recognition of The Big Butterfly Count, a UK-wide citizen science survey that runs for three weeks each summer, we have put together a list of plants for butterflies to help encourage them into your next planting plan.

Echinacea varieties such as Magnus 

Commonly known as coneflowers, Echinaceas are a firm favourite of butterflies and bees. Butterfly species, including Monarchs and Red admirals, particularly love Echinaceas.

Echinaceas have daisy-like flowers with prominent orange centres and generally flower from mid-late summer and are available in a range of colours from pink, white and even yellow.

????Position: Full sun

???? Flowers: July – September

???? Height: Up to 75cm

???? Soil: Most soil types, except dry or boggy conditions

Butterflies that particularly love this plant variety: Red Admiral butterflies and Peacock Butterflies

Buddleia varieties such as ‘Pink Delight.’ 

Commonly known as the ‘Butterfly Bush’ and colonising railway sidings, Buddleias make a great addition to a sunny border with attractive bright foliage that will attract butterflies and other insects.

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Flowers: July – September

???? Height: 30cm-280cm depending on the variety

???? Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

Butterflies that particularly love this plant variety: Red Admiral butterflies and Peacock Butterflies

Verbena varieties such as bonariensis 

Tight clusters of lilac-purple flowers appear on tall flower stems from June to September. This plant will help encourage bees and butterflies into your project right through to autumn. A great addition to any area of a border due to its transparent shape.

????Position: Full sun

???? Flowers: June – September

???? Height: Up to 150+cm

???? Soil: Fertile, moist, well-drained soil

Butterflies that particularly love this plant variety: Red Admiral Butterflies, Painted Lady Butterflies

Helenium varieties such as ”Moerheim Beauty’

Blooms are available in shades of yellows, oranges and reds from mid-late summer. They look great in a mixed border and look great amongst grasses and other perennials, and are loved by bees and butterflies.

????Position: Full sun

???? Flowers: June – August

???? Height: 60cm +

???? Soil: Fertile, moist, well-drained soil

Butterflies that particularly love this plant variety: Red Admiral Butterflies, Peacock Butterflies

Scabiosa varieties such as ‘Butterfly Blue’

Are full of nectar-rich flowers from June – August and looks great in cottage gardens or in a wildflower mix. Plant in a sunny position to encourage butterflies and other pollinators to feast.

????Position: Full sun

???? Flowers: June – August

???? Height: 0.5m +

???? Soil: Fertile, moist, well-drained, alkaline soil

 

Lavender varieties such as ‘Munstead’ and ‘Hidcote’ 

Lavender will add fragrance and colour to your garden projects and will draw in the pollinators. A great addition to a path, or border. Place in a sunny, well-drained position for best results.

???? Flowers: July – September

????Position: Full sun

???? Height: Dependent on variety

???? Soil: fertile, well-drained soil

Butterflies that particularly love this plant variety: Cabbage white butterflies

Escallonia varieties such as ‘pink elle’

A beautiful flowering evergreen shrub that bloom for months throughout the summer. Flower heads are available in shades of red, pink and even white and contrast beautifully with oval glossy green leaves.

???? Flowers: June – July and then again in September

????Position: Full sun

???? Height: Dependent on variety

???? Soil: fertile, well-drained soil

Butterflies that particularly love this plant variety: Monarch butterflies

Other popular butterfly-friendly plant varieties include: Sedum, Echinops, Aster, Monarda, Rudbeckia, Nepeta and Salvia.

Click here for our blog post on pollinator-friendly plants throughout the season

June Gardening Reminders 2022

June Gardening Reminders 2022

June 7th, 2022 by

June brings with it extra sunlight, warmer temperatures, flowers in abundance and those pesky weeds. There’s plenty to keep you busy within the garden this month, from clipping topiary to cutting back Clematis. Check out our full hints and tips below.

Continue to stake or support fast-growing plants with appropriate materials such as pea sticks, nets and canes.

Lightly clip box edging and topiary to remove wandering shoots. Remember to provide feed and water, mainly if they have been growing in containers for some time.

Trim back the flowering growth of Erica carnea varieties and top-dress with peat-free compost.

Bulb foliage will be dying down this month, do not remove it until it has gone dry and yellow. Daffodil bulbs will be fine left in situ, but tulip bulbs need lifting carefully, cleaning, and drying off in shallow boxes. Keep well ventilated until ready for re-planting.

June is the worst month for weed growth. Water with a contact weedkiller under hedges, shrubs, and on paths or crazy paving. Alternatively, use a sharp hoe to keep stirring the soil to prevent the growth of seedlings.

Sow winter pansies, primulas, violas and Brompton stocks under glass. Foxgloves and wallflowers can be sown outside in a weed-free area of the border to flower next year.

Do not use lawn mowings as a mulch for trees and shrubs if the lawn has been treated with a weedkiller.

Plant out young dahlias by the middle of the month. Two or three weeks after planting, pinch out the tip of each leading shoot. This will encourage the production of further side shoots. Tie into stakes when about 18” tall with loose loops of raffia or string.

During warm, settled weather, syringe sweet peas with a mist of clean, soft water in the early morning or after sunset. If ground watering is essential, give the soil a good soaking of about 3 gallons. Buds which turn yellow and fall off before opening is not a disease but may indicate too much moisture at the roots.

To increase the number of strawberry plants, select strong runners or young established plants and dig a hole under the leaves. Fill the pot with compost and plant into it the rosette of leaves of the new plant. Peg it down firmly with a forked twig or wire staple and water in.

Remove self-sown trees such as sycamore and ash from around the garden, and ensure they are removed from near house and wall foundations. Weedkillers effectively dispose of plants challenging to dig out.

Clematis montana varieties have now finished flowering and will benefit from being cut back before the growth becomes a jungle!

 

 

 

 

The Growers Plantspo - May Herbaceous

The Growers Plantspo – May Herbaceous

May 18th, 2022 by

Add colour to your garden projects this month with May flowering herbaceous plants from varieties such as Allium to Tiarella there’s something for every spot.

Allium varieties such as ‘Purple Sensation’ and ‘Mount Everest’

????Flowers:  May – June

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 1.2m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L  (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Ajuga varieties such as Ajuga reptans ‘Catlin’s Giant’

????Flowers:  April – May (depending on the variety)

???? Position:  Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.45m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Astilbe varieties such as ‘Fanal’

????Flowers:  May – June, August (depends on the variety

???? Position: Full sun -partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist, humus, rich soil

 Pot size: 2L, 5L  (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Brunnera varieties such as macrophylla ‘Jack Frost’

Tiny blue forget-me-not flowers appear against heart-shaped silver dusted leaves in spring. A beautiful groundcover plant for a shaded border.

????Flowers: April – May

???? Position: Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.4m depending on the variety

 Soil: Fertile, humus-rich, moist, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L  (subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Dicentra varieties such as ‘Bleeding Heart’

Heart-shaped flowers appear in spring above fern-like green leaves. Great in a shady border or as part of a cottage garden planting plan.

????Flowers:  April – May

☀️ Position:  Full sun or partial shade

Soil: Moist, humus-rich, preferably neutral to slightly alkaline

 Pot size: Available in 2L  and 3L pots subject to availability.

———————————————————————————————

Erigeron varieties such as ‘Sea Breeze’ and Erigeron karvinskianus

????Flowers: May – October (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 0.5m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, well drained soil

 Pot size: 2L

———————————————————————————————

Erysimum ‘Bowles’s mauve’

A long-flowering semi-evergreen with narrow, grey-green leaves. This perennial produces spikes of purple flowers from late February to July and will make a great addition to a long flowering sunny border.

???? Flowers: February – July

☀️ Position: Full sun

Soil: Fertile, well-drained, neutral soil

 Pot size: Available in 2L pots subject to availability.

———————————————————————————————

Euphorbia wulfenii

Is filled with huge heads of yellow-green flowers with ‘bronze eyes’ from late March-May that tower above its bluish-green foliage. Great at the back of a sunny border.

Available in 2L pots subject to availability.

????Flowers:  Late March-May

☀️ Position:  Full sun

———————————————————————————————

Geum varieties such as ‘Totally Tangerine’, ‘Cosmopolitan’ and ‘Sunrise’

????Flowers: May – August (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 0.6m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 3L

———————————————————————————————

Geranium varieties such as ‘Rozanne’ and ‘Max Frei’ 

????Flowers: May- October (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.6m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L

———————————————————————————————

Iris varieties such as pseudacorus, ‘Perry’s Blue’ and ‘Tamberg’

????Flowers: May-June

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 1.2m (depending on variety)

Soil: Well-drained, moderately fertile, neutral to slightly acidic soil

 Pot size: 2l, 3L (depending on variety and subject to availability).

———————————————————————————————

Lupinus varieties such as ‘Gladiator’, ‘Persian Slipper’ and ‘Red Rum’

????Flowers: June – July

???? Position: Full sun- partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1.2m (depending on variety)

Soil: Well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2l, 3L, 5L (depending on variety and subject to availability).

———————————————————————————————

Tiarella varieties such as ‘Spring Symphony’ and ‘Pink Symphony’

????Flowers: May – July

???? Position: Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.4m (depending on variety)

Soil: Cool, moist, humus-rich soil

 Pot size: 3L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Tradescantia ‘Sweet Kate’

????Flowers: May – July

???? Position: Full sun – Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.3m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist but well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

——————————————————————————–

Please note the above plants listed are subject to availability and is not an exhaustive list of what is available, please contact your sales rep direct for specific requests.

April Gardening Reminders 2022

April Gardening Reminders 2022

April 7th, 2022 by

Spring is finally here, with trees starting to bloom, daffodils and tulips starting to emerge and bees making an appearance for their first nectar collections. There’s plenty to be doing in the garden this month from deadheading flowering bulbs to applying lawn fertilizer. Check out our latest reminders, put together by our Chairman and Horticulturist John Richardson.

Prune early flowering shrubs such as Forsythia & Hamamellis after flowering is over.

Mulch shrubs and fruit bushes when the weather begins to warm up, but not deeply into the centre of the shrub.

Soak rootballs of new evergreen shrubs before planting and water in after planting.

Propagate perennials such as Rudbeckias, Heleniums and Monardas by dividing older plant stools, ensuring that you choose a healthy outer section.

Divide and replant primroses when they have finished flowering.

In mild weather slugs and snails may well begin to eat the shoots of newly growing perennials. Use environmentally approved slug pellets as a control.

Continue to dead-head spent daffodils, tulips and other late wintering flowering shrubs.

Towards the end of the month collect woody twigs to use as supports for perennials before they get too long and straggly.

Apply residual weedkillers to gravelled driveways and footpaths. Be careful to ensure that the application is confined to the treated area and not the surroundings.

Begin mowing the lawn weekly, but with the blades set quite high until the rate of weeds that suddenly appear, give the lawn a top-dressing of high Nitrogen fertilizer.

Make sure old leaves of Helleborus have been removed.

Tie in the young growth of climbing plants and trained plants. Pinch out some of the young growths if new shoots are too prolific.

For more hints and tips head to our solution page here

May Gardening Reminders 2022

May Gardening Reminders 2022

April 29th, 2022 by

May has arrived as bulbs start to fade in borders and are replaced by vibrant flowering herbaceous and shrubs as summer is on its way. Now is the perfect time to prepare your garden for summer. Check out our latest reminders, put together by our Chairman and Horticulturist John Richardson.

Prune early flowering shrubs such as Forsythia after flowering is over. Remove deadwood and thin shoots to keep older bushes in shape.

Pick off dead flower heads of Rhododendrons and Azaleas to allow new growths to develop, and mulch with leaf mould.

Dahlias may begin to sprout in mild conditions under glass, but don’t plant out until frost is past. Consider taking cuttings of the first shoots.

Some plants like Forget-me-Nots can spread very rapidly from seed. To contain them, pull up the plants as soon as they finish flowering to prevent them from seeding everywhere.

Trim lawn edges frequently to develop a firm edge which will not sink when walked upon.

In dry spells, continue to water those trees and shrubs planted since Christmas.

If you have not used weedkiller to treat the lawn this Spring, use the grass mowings to mulch trees and hedge plants.

Propagate greenhouse plants, mainly foliage and climbing plants. Increase shading as necessary, and watch out for those odd late frosts.

Pick off the flower heads from spent daffodils, tulips, and other spring-flowering bulbs which have gone over, and give a top-dressing of general fertiliser.

In mild weather, slugs and snails may well begin to eat the shoots of newly growing perennials. Use environmentally approved slug pellets as a control.

Start spraying roses regularly against greenflies using a systemic insecticide. Remove rolled-up leaves containing Tortrix caterpillar or sawfly grubs and destroy.

Continue to stake tall herbaceous plants such as Delphiniums. Pinch out the tips of other tall-growing plants. Thin out the older weak shoots from the centre of plants more than three years old.

Apply residual weedkillers to gravelled driveways and footpaths. Be very careful to ensure that the application is confined to the treated area and not surroundings.

Begin mowing the lawn weekly, but with the blades set quite high until the rate of growth increases. Dig out those perennial weeds that suddenly appear.

Continue to support glasshouse grown tomato stems and remove side shoots regularly.  Feed every week or 10 days after the fruits begin to swell. Stop laterals growing from the main stems of cucumbers and remove all male flowers and tendrils.

Remove raspberry suckers coming up away from the bed row. Thin new canes to 15cm. apart on the support wires.

For more hints and tips head to our solution page here

February Gardening Reminders 2022

February Gardening Reminders 2022

February 2nd, 2022 by

Winter is on the way out this month as the first signs of spring start to appear, with bulbs such as snowdrops starting to emerge. There’s plenty to be doing this month in the garden, from planting to final winter pruning and cleaning out the bird boxes for #BirdFeedingMonth. Check out our hints and tips put together by our chairman and Horticulturist, John Richardson below.

Plant container-grown perennials for an early start to the spring. If large plants, consider carefully dividing them before planting; we all enjoy getting a bit extra at no cost !!

Be sure to water root-balls before planting. If there is a dry spring, it may significantly slow growth.

Apply a mulch of garden compost, mushroom compost etc., to all trees and shrubs in potentially dry sites. No need to incorporate it into the soil; worms will do it for you! Don’t apply mushroom compost, which has a high lime content, to acid-loving plants such as Azaleas & Rhododendrons.

Finish winter pruning this month. First-principles are to remove dead and diseased stems, then cross branches, followed by a reduction in the height of the main stems in the case of roses.

Cut bushy Eucalyptus back to within 2-3″ of the main stem to stimulate a flush of bushy growth.

Examine stored Dahlia tubers and place them in a tub of tepid water overnight if they have shrivelled. Cutaway diseased areas of the tubers that have rotted and dust the cuts with flowers of sulphur.

Do not apply heavy dressings of fertilizer to areas of naturalized bulbs as this will only encourage the growth of the surrounding grass.

Prune shrub roses in late February to encourage growth from the base. Remove some of the old weedy shoots but don’t reduce height too much as they tend to flower on older wood.

Divide and replant Snowdrops ‘in the green’ as the flowers go over.

Take hardwood cuttings of forsythia, deutzia, honeysuckle, jasmine, Virginia creeper, holly, privet, cotoneaster, poplar, willow, gooseberries, blackcurrants etc. and heel-in, in a protected area.

When the ground is firm, repair any uneven areas of the lawn or where the grass has died out.

Pot up or transplant last year’s rooted hardwood cuttings.

If the weather warms up, take the opportunity to prepare compost and boxes for sowing half-hardy annuals by the end of the month. You should have a heat source available for cold nights.

Cut back Clematis Jackmanii and C. Viticella groups to about 12″. Pyracantha should be pruned to within 2 buds of the mainframe except for extensions, if not done last autumn.

Put a suitable number of chitted potatoes into a good-sized plastic pot and cover with 20cm of compost. Water as appropriate and continue to add compost as foliage growth continues. Leave to mature and water frequently. Harvest the potatoes when foliage begins to die back.

Clean out and sterilize existing bird nesting boxes and erect new ones. Feed the birds!

Propagate a wide range of woody shrubs by layering, towards the end of the month. Peg down a young shoot into the soil under the shrub/tree without detaching it from the tree, but make a cut in the underneath of the stem, or twist it at the point where it will turn it upwards. Pin this down with a suitable forked twig into a couple of handfuls of compost water, and hold firm with a suitable stone. Tie the growing shoot to a small cane to keep it upright and trim to prevent moving in the wind.

March Gardening Reminders 2022

March Gardening Reminders 2022

March 3rd, 2022 by

Winter is on the way out this month as the first signs of spring start to appear, with bulbs such as snowdrops starting to emerge. There’s plenty to be doing this month in the garden, from planting to final winter pruning and cleaning out the bird boxes for #BirdFeedingMonth. Check out our hints and tips put together by our chairman and Horticulturist, John Richardson below.

Make sure the roses are pruned by the end of the month, hard pruning promotes growth, and will benefit any weaker growing plants or varieties. Ensure that you cut back to white healthy wood.

Sow seed of bedding dahlias at a temp. of 64 deg.F and prick off seedlings into boxes or pots. Take cuttings from tubers started into growth in February when rooted (3-4 weeks) pot them individually into 8-9 cm pots.

By the end of the month ensure that pruning of all woody trees and shrubs has been completed, remembering that plants that flower early, such as forsythia and weigela, should not be pruned until after flowering. Prune Buddleia and Perovskia late in the month to prevent frost damage.

For trees and shrubs being purchased late in the planting season, it may well be more successful to purchase root balled or container-grown plants to prevent drying out in a dry and windy month, alternatively, establish a watering system that can water the root systems morning and evening.

Complete the planting of new hedges, remembering that plants will require watering whenever conditions are getting dry. Hedge plants are often sold ‘bare root’ which can dry out quickly.

If you did not take heather cuttings last year, you can produce extra plants by layering in late March when the weather is suitable. In a shallow trench beneath the plant, refill the hollow with a compost and grit mixture and peg down the shoot with a suitable stone or peg. Leave shoot tips visible. It may be up to a year before transplanting is possible, but plants should be strong and well-rooted by then.

Late March is the best time to move snowdrops in spite of the foliage remaining green as well as the odd flower. They should soon recover when watered.

When indoor flower bulbs are finished, do not remove the leaves as photosynthesis continues to provide nutrition until leaves turn yellow. This helps build up the bulb for the following year.

Give increased ventilation and more frequent watering to alpine plants in sunny conditions. Leave glasshouse doors open on mild days.

Read a manual on the annual pruning and care of fruit trees as their requirements relating to tree age and species vary considerably.

For most fruits, the danger of damage to young shoots occurs in early April to mid-May. We have had a few cold spells this winter and spring, and growth may be advanced compared with most years. In the event of severe frost warnings, cover strawberries and other early fruiting plants overnight with hessian or thick polythene, but ensure it is removed during the day. Wall trained fruit trees may require to be protected from early March as buds break early under the protection of the wall.

Mow the lawn for the first time this season with the blades set higher than normal to prevent hitting worm casts. Choose a day for the first cut when the grass is dry and the weather is mild. If worm casts are very numerous it may be necessary to spray the lawn with worm killer such as Chlordane. Brushing the lawn horizontally with a besom brush will make a good job and prevent the need for chemicals.

 

January Gardening Reminders 2022

January Gardening Reminders 2022

December 21st, 2021 by

Why not start your New Year in the garden? January is a great month to plan what needs to be done during the month and beyond, be sure to remember the birds this month as the temperatures drop and have your shears at the ready for pruning and tidying. Below are some January hints and tips put together by our Chairman and Horticulturist John Richardson.

1) Bring inside bowls of bulbs as they show signs of growth.

2)  Store shrubs arriving from nurseries in a frost-free shed with straw around the roots. Complete the planting as soon as conditions improve.

3) Keep house plant warm (45-55deg.) with plenty of light. Do not feed until the plants start growing strongly.

4) Annual surface growing weeds on light soils should be removed or buried at whatever stage of growth.

5) Order new Gladioli corms. Unpack them on arrival into shallow boxes and check for disease. Young, high-necked corms with a small root base are better than old corms with a larger flatter root zone.

6) Remove any recently fallen foliage from around alpines and lightly break up the soil.

7) Continue pruning fruit trees and bushes; collect and burn the wastage once done.

8) Treat wooden objects such as tree stakes, wooden wheelbarrows, benching supports etc., but do not use creosote as the chemical and even the fumes can cause harm if in close contact with plants.

9)  Place a couple of forks of well-rotted manure on top of a mature rhubarb crown to produce an early crop of stems. Or do even better place an upturned dustbin or similar over the whole crown to produce those beautiful red and yellow stems we see in the greengrocers during the Spring.

10) If the grass needs to be cut due to very mild weather, remove the grass mowings, as it is will be too cold for decomposition.

11) If you want to make an early start to the gardening year, cover some areas with polythene or cloches to protect the soil from the hardest frost and the heavy spring rain. This can increase soil temperatures by up to 6 degrees.

12) Have a walk around the garden with some paper and a pencil to identify those spots which need other plants, or just a change of species.  Have a look from the house window, identify the gaps, and plan for the year what you wish to change.

13) If very hard frosts are anticipated, wrap tender plants such Agapanthus with straw or bubble-wrap and tie securely.

14) Do you have enough winter colour? Plant willow and Cornus etc., together with coloured conifers and winter aconites for a brighter winter garden.

15) Clean out all rainwater gutters from garden-related spouts and down-pipes to prevent blockages in Spring.

16) Keep bird baths topped up and make sure they are not iced over. Also, keep food stores topped up for them.

In need of more hints and tips? head to our solution page here

The Growers Plantspo - Plants for December Interest

The Growers Plantspo – Plants for December Interest

December 20th, 2021 by

We typically think of Holly varieties when we think of December, but there are plenty of interesting plants, including Skimmias, Cornus and Helleborus. Check out some of our favourite December varieties below:

Cornus varieties such as ‘Midwinter Fire’, and ‘Sibrica’ 

Cornus are known for their coloured stems that are revealed when their leaves fall. Shades of red, yellow and orange stems are available.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 2m (depending on the variety)

Soil:  moderately fertile soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L,  10L ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Sarcococca confusa

???? Position: Partial – deep shade

????Flowers: December – March

???? Height: Up to 2m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 1m (depending on the variety)

Soil:  fertile, humus-rich, moist, well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3LD, 5L,  10L  ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Skimmia varieties such as ‘Rubella’ and ‘Kew Green’

????Flowers:  April – May (depending on variety) flower buds are seen in autumn-winter.

???? Position: Partial – full shade

???? Height: Up to 1.5m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist-well-drained, acid soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Viburnum varieties such as ‘tinus’ and ‘bod Dawn’

????Flowers:  December – April

???? Position: Full sun or partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist-well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Mahonia varieties such as ‘Charity’ and ‘Winter Sun’

Are the perfect addition to a shaded spot in your garden as they prefer full – partial shade with spikes of yellow flowers from November through to March that has a fragrant reminiscent of lily-of-the-valley on dark green holly-like leaves. Prune in spring after flowering.

????Flowers:  November – March (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 5m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist-well-drained, fertile, humus-rich soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L, 20L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Helleborus varieties 

Hellebores are compact, clump-forming perennials with dark green, leathery leaves and stunning flowers.

A tremendous shade-loving border plant that will brighten up your garden when little else is flowering from December – March.

???? Flowers: December – March (depending on the variety)

????Position: Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 45cn (depending on the variety)

Soil: Heavy, neutral to alkaline soil

It would help if you planted in partial to full shade for best results and cut back old leaves in January – February to show off new flowers.

———————————————————————————————

Ilex varieties 

????Position: Full sun – Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 20m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist-well-drained, fertile, humus-rich soil

———————————————————————————————

 

The Growers Plantspo - Plants for February

The Growers Plantspo – Plants for February

February 3rd, 2022 by

Theirs plenty of interest in the plant world in February as the first signs of spring start to emerge with snowdrops popping up and plants in bud, here are some of our favourite February varieties below:

Camellia varieties in bud

Some of our Camellia plants are in full bud right now (start of February) this plant makes a great addition to a partially shaded border or large pot with luscious green foliage and flowers available in shades of pink, red and white.

????Flowers: February – April (depending on the variety)

???? Position: Partial shade (not east-facing)

???? Height: Up to4m + (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 2.5m (depending on the variety)

Soil: moist but well-drained, humus-rich, acid soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 7.5L, 10L, 20L + ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Cornus varieties such as ‘Midwinter Fire’, and ‘Sibrica’ 

Cornus are known for their coloured stems that are revealed when their leaves fall. Shades of red, yellow and orange stems are available.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 2m (depending on the variety)

Soil:  moderately fertile soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L,  10L ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Sarcococca confusa

Highly scented white flowers sit above large glossy, rich green leaves come late winter – early spring. It is a great addition to a shady border or a shaded patio spot where you can smell it every day.

???? Position: Partial – deep shade

????Flowers: December – March

???? Height: Up to 2m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 1m (depending on the variety)

Soil:  fertile, humus-rich, moist, well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3LD, 5L,  10L  ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Salix varieties with catkins such as ‘Mount Aso’

Fuzzy pink catkins appear on varieties such as ‘Mount Aso’ during late winter – early spring, a wonderful eye-catching addition to the garden.

???? Position: Full sun

????Flowers: April – May

???? Height: Up to 4m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 3m (depending on the variety)

Soil: Moist but well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3LD, 5L,  10L  ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Skimmia varieties such as ‘Rubella’ and ‘Kew Green’

Are you in need of some autumn/winter colour? Skimmia Rubella are known for their dark red flower buds that are produced in autumn and last through to winter until the flowers open in spring — an excellent plant for a patio pot or border.

????Flowers:  April – May (depending on variety) flower buds are seen in autumn-winter.

???? Position: Partial – full shade

???? Height: Up to 1.5m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist-well-drained, acid soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Viburnum varieties such as ‘tinus’ and ‘bod Dawn’

Evergreen Viburnums such as tinus are a great shrub for winter interest with dark green leaves and clusters of tiny white flowers from December to April.

A great low maintenance, easy to grow shrub that can brighten a part shaded area of the garden when little else is flowering.

????Flowers:  December – April

???? Position: Full sun or partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist-well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Magnolia varieties in bud

Another sign that spring is on its way… Magnolias in bud, these varieties generally flower from March-April onwards but some may appear towards the end of February.

????Flowers:  March – April onwards

???? Position: Full sun or partial shade (depending on the variety)

???? Height: Up to 10m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist-well-drained, acidic soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Mahonia varieties such as ‘Charity’ and ‘Winter Sun’

Are the perfect addition to a shaded spot in your garden as they prefer full – partial shade with spikes of yellow flowers from November through to March that has a fragrant reminiscent of lily-of-the-valley on dark green holly-like leaves. Prune in spring after flowering.

????Flowers:  November – March (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 5m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist-well-drained, fertile, humus-rich soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L, 20L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Hamamelis varieties

Hamamelis plants are covered in branches of distinctive, spider-like, fragrant flowers in red, yellow, and orange shades from January to early spring.

Whilst slow growing this plant variety can become a large spreading shrub or small tree. A fantastic specimen plant that will make a great addition to the middle or back of a border.

Plant in well-drained, neutral acid soil in full sun to partial shade for best results.

????Flowers: January – February

☀️ Position: Full sun – Partial shade

Pot size: 5L, 10L, 20L + (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Helleborus varieties 

Hellebores are compact, clump-forming perennials with dark green, leathery leaves and stunning flowers.

A tremendous shade-loving border plant that will brighten up your garden when little else is flowering from December – March.

???? Flowers: December – March (depending on the variety)

????Position: Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 45cn (depending on the variety)

Soil: Heavy, neutral to alkaline soil

 

It would help if you planted in partial to full shade for best results and cut back old leaves in January – February to show off new flowers.

———————————————————————————————

Jasminum nudiflorum

A deciduous climber with bright yellow flowers that appear on bare stems in winter and early spring helping to brighten up a dark winter’s day. This attractive climber will grow well against a trellis or low wall once trained as it is not self-clinging.

????Flowers: January – March

☀️ Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist-well-drained soil

 Pot size:  2LD, 3LD  ( subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Nandina varieties such as ‘domestica’ and ‘Fire Power’ 

Nandinas provide autumn- winter interest when leaves turn shades of fiery red and copper.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

????Flowers:  July  (depending on variety)

???? Height: Up to 2m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 1.5m (depending on the variety)

Soil:  moist, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 5L, 10L, 20L, 25L +

———————————————————————————————

Pieris varieties in bud

Pieris plants generally flower from March-May but buds start to appear as pictured in February. Ideal for a partially shaded shrub border with flowers resembling lily-of-the-valley and available in shades of pink, red and white.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

????Flowers:  March-May  (depending on variety)

???? Height: Up to 2.5m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 2m (depending on the variety)

Soil: humus-rich, moist, well-drained acid soil or ericaceous compost

 Pot size: 2l, 3L, 5L, 7.5L, 10L, 20L (depending on the variety and availability)

———————————————————————————————

Click here for more monthly plantspo

The Growers Plantspo - Plants for March Interest

The Growers Plantspo – Plants for March Interest

February 22nd, 2022 by

March sees us cross over from winter to spring, with spring bringing with it many more flowering varieties from Bergenia to Vincas providing exciting spring colour as we see bees starting to emerge and birds making a return from migration. Check out some of our favourite March flowering varieties below

Bergenia varieties such as ‘Silberlicht’ and cordifolia ‘Purpurea’

Bergenia’s large leathery leaves make attractive ground cover, while its flowers provide an early source of pollen for bees and other pollinating insects.

????Flowers: March – April

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.6m depending on the variety

 Soil: Any soil type

 Pot size: 2L, 3L  (subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Chaenomeles varieties such as ‘Jet Trail, ‘Crimson & Gold’ & ‘Nivalis’

A great addition to a wall or fence in the sun or partial shade-providing colour in early spring when little else is flowering. Flowers are available in pink, red and white.

????Flowers: March – May

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 2.5m

 Soil: Moderately fertile, moist but well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 3LD, 5L (subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Camellia varieties

Some of our Camellia plants are in full bud right now (start of February) this plant makes a great addition to a partially shaded border or large pot with luscious green foliage and flowers available in shades of pink, red and white.

????Flowers: February – April (depending on the variety)

???? Position: Partial shade (not east-facing)

???? Height: Up to4m + (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 2.5m (depending on the variety)

Soil: moist but well-drained, humus-rich, acid soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 7.5L, 10L, 20L + ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Cornus varieties such as ‘Midwinter Fire’, and ‘Sibrica’ 

Cornus are known for their coloured stems that are revealed when their leaves fall. Shades of red, yellow and orange stems are available.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 2m (depending on the variety)

Soil:  moderately fertile soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L,  10L ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Corylopsis pauciflora

Sweetly scented yellow flowers appear on bare stems during March and April gollowed by bronzed, hazel like leaves which mature to bright green.

????Flowers: March – April

???? Position: Ppartial shade

???? Height: Up to 1.5m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 2.5m (depending on the variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist, well drained ,acid soil

Pot size: 10L, 20L ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Erysimum ‘Bowles’s mauve’

A long-flowering semi-evergreen with narrow, grey-green leaves. This perennial produces spikes of purple flowers from late February to July and will make a great addition to a long flowering sunny border.

???? Flowers: February – July

☀️ Position: Full sun

Soil: Fertile, well-drained, neutral soil

Pot size: Available in 2L pots subject to availability.

———————————————————————————————

Euphorbia wulfenii

Is filled with huge heads of yellow-green flowers with ‘bronze eyes’ from late March-May that tower above its bluish-green foliage. Great at the back of a sunny border.

Available in 2L pots subject to availability.

????Flowers:  Late March-May

☀️ Position:  Full sun

———————————————————————————————

Forsythia ‘Lynwood Gold’ 

Yellow flowers smother branches from March – April providing a notable cheery sight to the start of spring. Try planting at the back of a dull border or even as a hedge with its full height reaching 2 meters.

????Flowers:  February to April

☀️ Position:  Full sun or light shade

Soil: Fertile, moist, well-drained, neutral soil

Pot size: Available in 2L  and 3L pots subject to availability.

———————————————————————————————

Helleborus varieties 

Hellebores are compact, clump-forming perennials with dark green, leathery leaves and stunning flowers.

A tremendous shade-loving border plant that will brighten up your garden when little else is flowering from December – March.

???? Flowers: December – March (depending on the variety)

????Position: Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 45cn (depending on the variety)

Soil: Heavy, neutral to alkaline soil

2L, 3L

It would help if you planted in partial to full shade for best results and cut back old leaves in January – February to show off new flowers.

———————————————————————————————

Jasminum nudiflorum

A deciduous climber with bright yellow flowers that appear on bare stems in winter and early spring helping to brighten up a dark winter’s day. This attractive climber will grow well against a trellis or low wall once trained as it is not self-clinging.

????Flowers: January – March

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist-well-drained soil

Pot size:  2LD, 3LD  ( subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Kerria japonica ‘Pleniflora’

A great addition to the garden, brighting up a dark corner, with double yellow flowers that burst from mid-late spring.

????Flowers: March-May

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 2m

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Prunus Kojo-no-Mai

A pretty deciduous shrub with zig-zag branches and crimson buds that open to display white flowers with pink centres in early spring. Its luscious green leaves appear after the summer months and are then followed by bright reddish/orange leaves before falling in the Autumn. A perfect small compact tree for a smaller garden or patio pot.

????Flowers: March-April

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 2m

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Magnolia x soulangeana and the variety ‘Susan’

Another sign that spring is on its way… Magnolias in bud, these varieties generally flower from March-April onwards but some may appear towards the end of February.

????Flowers:  March – April onwards

???? Position: Full sun or partial shade (depending on the variety)

???? Height: Up to 10m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist-well-drained, acidic soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Mahonia varieties such as ‘Charity’ and ‘Winter Sun’

Are the perfect addition to a shaded spot in your garden as they prefer full – partial shade with spikes of yellow flowers from November through to March that has a fragrant reminiscent of lily-of-the-valley on dark green holly-like leaves. Prune in spring after flowering.

????Flowers:  November – March (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 5m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist-well-drained, fertile, humus-rich soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L, 20L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Pieris varieties such as ‘Passion’

Pieris plants generally flower from March-May but buds start to appear in February. Ideal for a partially shaded shrub border with flowers resembling lily-of-the-valley and available in shades of pink, red and white.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

????Flowers:  March-May  (depending on variety)

???? Height: Up to 2.5m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 2m (depending on the variety)

Soil: humus-rich, moist, well-drained acid soil or ericaceous compost

 Pot size: 2l, 3L, 5L, 7.5L, 10L, 20L (depending on the variety and availability)

———————————————————————————————

Sarcococca confusa

Highly scented white flowers sit above large glossy, rich green leaves come late winter – early spring. It is a great addition to a shady border or a shaded patio spot where you can smell it every day.

???? Position: Partial – deep shade

????Flowers: December – March

???? Height: Up to 2m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 1m (depending on the variety)

Soil:  fertile, humus-rich, moist, well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3LD, 5L,  10L  ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Salix varieties with catkins such as ‘Mount Aso’

Fuzzy pink catkins appear on varieties such as ‘Mount Aso’ during late winter – early spring, a wonderful eye-catching addition to the garden.

???? Position: Full sun

????Flowers: April – May

???? Height: Up to 4m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 3m (depending on the variety)

Soil: Moist but well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3LD, 5L,  10L  ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Skimmia varieties such as ‘Rubella’ and ‘Kew Green’

Are you in need of some autumn/winter colour? Skimmia Rubella are known for their dark red flower buds that are produced in autumn and last through to winter until the flowers open in spring — an excellent plant for a patio pot or border.

????Flowers:  End of March – May (depending on variety and whether its a male or female cultivar) flower buds are seen in autumn-winter.

???? Position: Partial – full shade

???? Height: Up to 1.5m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist-well-drained, acid soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Viburnum varieties such as ‘tinus’ and ‘bod Dawn’

Evergreen Viburnums such as tinus are a great shrub for winter interest with dark green leaves and clusters of tiny white flowers from December to April.

A great low maintenance, easy to grow shrub that can brighten a part shaded area of the garden when little else is flowering.

????Flowers:  December – April

???? Position: Full sun or partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist-well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Vinca varieties such as ‘major’, minor’ and ‘atropurpurea’ 

A great low growing ground cover plant with pale blue flowers and lance-shaped dark green leaves. It is excellent at suppressing weeds and would make a great addition to the front of a border. It generally flowers from April – September.

????Flowers: End of March- April – September

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.45m depending on the variety

Soil: any but very dry soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

Click here for more monthly plantspo

The Growers Plantspo - Plants for April Interest

The Growers Plantspo – Plants for April Interest

April 11th, 2022 by

April sees the garden starting to wake up, as more shrubs and herbaceous plants start to bloom including some Clematis. Pieris, Spirea and Brunnera varieties. Check out some of our favourite April flowering varieties below

Amelanchier lamarckii

Delicate star-shaped flowers appear in spring against bronze leaves that mature to dark green with great autumn interest.

????Flowers: March – April

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 10m depending on the variety

 Soil: fertile, moist but well-drained neutral to acid soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L,12L +  (subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Bergenia varieties such as ‘Silberlicht’ and cordifolia ‘Purpurea’

Bergenia’s large leathery leaves make attractive ground cover, while its flowers provide an early source of pollen for bees and other pollinating insects.

????Flowers: March – April

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.6m depending on the variety

 Soil: Any soil type

 Pot size: 2L, 3L  (subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Brunnera varieties such as macrophylla ‘Jack Frost’

Tiny blue forget-me-not flowers appear against heart-shaped silver dusted leaves in spring. A beautiful groundcover plant for a shaded border.

????Flowers: April – May

???? Position: Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.4m depending on the variety

 Soil: Fertile, humus-rich, moist, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L  (subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Chaenomeles varieties such as ‘Jet Trail, ‘Crimson & Gold’ & ‘Nivalis’

A great addition to a wall or fence in the sun or partial shade-providing colour in early spring when little else is flowering. Flowers are available in pink, red and white.

????Flowers: March – May

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 2.5m

 Soil: Moderately fertile, moist but well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 3LD, 5L (subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Camellia varieties

Some of our Camellia plants are in full bud right now (start of February) this plant makes a great addition to a partially shaded border or large pot with luscious green foliage and flowers available in shades of pink, red and white.

????Flowers: February – April (depending on the variety)

???? Position: Partial shade (not east-facing)

???? Height: Up to4m + (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 2.5m (depending on the variety)

Soil: moist but well-drained, humus-rich, acid soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 7.5L, 10L, 20L + ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Clematis varieties such as ‘early sensation’

????Flowers: March – April

???? Position: Full sun –  Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 2m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 2m (depending on the variety)

Soil: Fertile, well drained soil

Pot size: 10L, 20L ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Corylopsis pauciflora

Sweetly scented yellow flowers appear on bare stems during March and April gollowed by bronzed, hazel like leaves which mature to bright green.

????Flowers: March – April

???? Position: Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1,5m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 1.5m (depending on the variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist, well drained ,acid soil

Pot size: 10L, 20L ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Choisya varieties such as ‘Aztec Pearl’, ‘Sundance’ & ‘White Dazzler’

????Flowers: April – May (often have a second flush in summer)

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 2.5m

 Soil: Moderately fertile,well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L (subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Deutzia varieties like ‘Mont Rose’ and ‘Rosea’

????Flowers: April – June

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1m

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Dicentra varieties such as ‘Bleeding Heart’

Heart-shaped flowers appear in spring above fern-like green leaves. Great in a shady border or as part of a cottage garden planting plan.

????Flowers:  April – May

☀️ Position:  Full sun or partial shade

Soil: Moist, humus-rich, preferably neutral to slightly alkaline

Pot size: Available in 2L  and 3L pots subject to availability.

———————————————————————————————

Erysimum ‘Bowles’s mauve’

A long-flowering semi-evergreen with narrow, grey-green leaves. This perennial produces spikes of purple flowers from late February to July and will make a great addition to a long flowering sunny border.

???? Flowers: February – July

☀️ Position: Full sun

Soil: Fertile, well-drained, neutral soil

Pot size: Available in 2L pots subject to availability.

———————————————————————————————

Euphorbia wulfenii

Is filled with huge heads of yellow-green flowers with ‘bronze eyes’ from late March-May that tower above its bluish-green foliage. Great at the back of a sunny border.

Available in 2L pots subject to availability.

????Flowers:  Late March-May

☀️ Position:  Full sun

———————————————————————————————

Exochorda x macrantha varieties such as ‘The Bride’ & ‘Niagara’

????Flowers: April – May

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 2m

Soil: Moist, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 5L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Forsythia ‘Lynwood Gold’ 

Yellow flowers smother branches from March – April providing a notable cheery sight to the start of spring. Try planting at the back of a dull border or even as a hedge with its full height reaching 2 meters.

????Flowers:  February to April

☀️ Position:  Full sun or light shade

Soil: Fertile, moist, well-drained, neutral soil

Pot size: Available in 2L  and 3L pots subject to availability.

———————————————————————————————

Kerria japonica ‘Pleniflora’

A great addition to the garden, brighting up a dark corner, with double yellow flowers that burst from mid-late spring.

????Flowers: March-May

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 2m

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Osmanthus x burkwoodii & delavayi

????Flowers: April-May

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3m

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L3L, 5L 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Prunus Kojo-no-Mai

A pretty deciduous shrub with zig-zag branches and crimson buds that open to display white flowers with pink centres in early spring. Its luscious green leaves appear after the summer months and are then followed by bright reddish/orange leaves before falling in the Autumn. A perfect small compact tree for a smaller garden or patio pot.

????Flowers: March-April

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 2m

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Magnolia x soulangeana and the variety ‘Susan’

Another sign that spring is on its way… Magnolias in bud, these varieties generally flower from March-April onwards but some may appear towards the end of February.

????Flowers:  March – April onwards

???? Position: Full sun or partial shade (depending on the variety)

???? Height: Up to 10m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist-well-drained, acidic soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Pieris varieties such as ‘Passion’

Pieris plants generally flower from March-May but buds start to appear in February. Ideal for a partially shaded shrub border with flowers resembling lily-of-the-valley and available in shades of pink, red and white.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

????Flowers:  March-May  (depending on variety)

???? Height: Up to 2.5m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 2m (depending on the variety)

Soil: humus-rich, moist, well-drained acid soil or ericaceous compost

 Pot size: 2l, 3L, 5L, 7.5L, 10L, 20L (depending on the variety and availability)

———————————————————————————————

Ribes sanguineum varieties such as ‘King Edward’, ‘Pulborough Scarlet’

????Flowers:  April – May

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 3m depending on the variety

Soil: Moderately fertile, moist, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 2LD, 3L, 3LD, 5L, 10L  (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Salix varieties with catkins such as ‘Mount Aso’

Fuzzy pink catkins appear on varieties such as ‘Mount Aso’ during late winter – early spring, a wonderful eye-catching addition to the garden.

???? Position: Full sun

????Flowers: April – May

???? Height: Up to 4m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 3m (depending on the variety)

Soil: Moist but well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3LD, 5L,  10L  ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Skimmia varieties such as ‘Rubella’ and ‘Kew Green’

Are you in need of some autumn/winter colour? Skimmia Rubella are known for their dark red flower buds that are produced in autumn and last through to winter until the flowers open in spring — an excellent plant for a patio pot or border.

????Flowers:  End of March – May (depending on variety and whether its a male or female cultivar) flower buds are seen in autumn-winter.

???? Position: Partial – full shade

???? Height: Up to 1.5m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist-well-drained, acid soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Viburnum varieties such as ‘tinus’ and ‘bod Dawn’

Evergreen Viburnums such as tinus are a great shrub for winter interest with dark green leaves and clusters of tiny white flowers from December to April.

A great low maintenance, easy to grow shrub that can brighten a part shaded area of the garden when little else is flowering.

????Flowers:  December – April

???? Position: Full sun or partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist-well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Vinca varieties such as ‘major’, minor’ and ‘atropurpurea’ 

A great low growing ground cover plant with pale blue flowers and lance-shaped dark green leaves. It is excellent at suppressing weeds and would make a great addition to the front of a border. It generally flowers from April – September.

????Flowers: End of March- April – September

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.45m depending on the variety

Soil: any but very dry soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

Click here for more monthly plantspo

December Gardening Reminders 2021

December Gardening Reminders 2021

November 30th, 2021 by

As we approach the end of 2021, theirs plenty to keep you busy within the garden this month, from moving plants that have outgrown their space to planting roses and, of course, winter digging. Check out our December hints and tips below put together by our Chairman and Horticulturist, John Richardson.

 

1)   After long periods of November rain, often heavy, fallen leaves have become a congealed mass on lawns and many garden corners,  try and clear them away to the compost heap before they start to rot and affect so many plants such as herbaceous, alpines, low growing shrubs and plants in containers.

 

2)  Any plants which are now too big for their location or ‘in the wrong place’ can be safely moved, and the soil in December is usually warm enough to stimulate the production of new roots. Stake tall new plants to prevent wind rock until well-rooted and reduce their size if appropriate.

 

3)  Place undercover any tender plants which have been overlooked earlier in the autumn and ensure that such plants growing in the ground are wrapped in straw and hessian, polythene is not the best material as it prevents air from getting to the plant.

 

4)  If you intend to get on with the winter digging, cover a suitable area with polythene so that the ground is not waterlogged when you wish to dig.

 

5)  Clean moss and lichens from paths and walls.  There are several commercial brands of cleaner available, but bleach is equally as good.  A power washer will make light work of the job, which is impressive when completed!

 

6)  Lower temperatures and frost is forecast, make sure your bird feeding stations are clean and regularly refilled.  The same applies to an accessible water supply.  Remember, cooked food as opposed to birdseed may well attract vermin.

 

7)  with long periods of rain expected, don’t forget to put a glass or plastic sheet over your alpine plants to keep off the majority of the rain.

 

8)  Now is a good time to plant roses, heel them in if soil conditions are not suitable for immediate planting.

 

9)  Before planting trees and shrubs ensure roots are moist by soaking in a bucket or similar.

 

10)   This month is a good time to prune Birch and Acers.  Trim the lawn edges for a quick lift!

 

11)   Check apples and other stored fruits for signs of rotting and throw out damaged fruit for the birds. Remove mummified fruits from the apple trees.

 

12)  Start Amaryllis (Hippeastrum) bulbs into growth urgently if required to flower by Christmas.

 

13)  Tidy up the greenhouse during inclement weather, and also prune glasshouse grown grapevines.

 

14)  Be ready to plant tulip bulbs after the middle of the month to reduce tulip disease (Tulip Fire).

 

15)  Insulate with bubble-wrap and hessian those plant containers which are to be left outside over winter, in order to prevent the pots cracking in frosty periods.

 

16)  Thoroughly clean and grease the lawnmower and sharpen or replace the blades.

 

17)  The earlier any winter digging can be done, the better, as this allows rain, snow, frost and ice to break down clods of soil and make cultivation in the spring so much easier.

The Growers Choice: Hedging varieties for full sun

The Growers Choice: Hedging varieties for full sun

November 30th, 2021 by

Is your next garden project a bit of a suntrap? do you require hedging varieties for a full sun position? we have you covered with our favourite hedging varieties for full sun below from Photinia to Prunus and even Lavender for your smaller hedging requirements.

 

Cornus Elegantissima 

Grey-green leaves with creamy-white flowers in early summer and red stems that can be seen during the winter periods, plant in a sunny position for best results.

???? Flowers: May – June

???? Position: Full sun to partial shade

???? Height: Up to 2 metres

???? Soil: well-drained soil

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes and as bareroot from November – March

———————————————————————————————

Grisellina littoralis 

A great hedging plant for a seaside retreat with large glossy, apple green ovate leaves. Grow in moist well-drained soil in a sheltered sunny spot for best results.

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 12 metres

???? Soil: well-drained soil

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes and as a rootball and bare-root plants from November – March

———————————————————————————————

Lavender Hidcote – why not choose a lavender plant for a scented small hedge in a sunny position? perfect for the edge of a path or small hedge at the front of a garden. This plant will also attract pollinators to your garden. Head to our pollinator-friendly plants guide for more bee loving plant varieties.

????Flowers: July – September

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 0.6 metres

???? Soil: well-drained, fertile soil

———————————————————————————————

Photinia ‘Red Robin’- A versatile evergreen shrub that can be used for hedging, trained against a wall and even used as a ½ std tree once trained. It is happy in most fertile soils, in either a sunny or shaded position. If you wish to encourage its strong red growth and more flowers, it will be better planted in a full sun position. White flowers appear by April and into May once the plant is better established. We have found Photinia ‘Red ‘Robin’ to become ‘leggy’ over time if it is not properly maintained and left to run away with themselves, they can grow up to 4m tall and up to 4 m wide.

????Flowers: April – May

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 4 metres

???? Soil: well-drained, fertile soil

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes and as a rootball from November – March

———————————————————————————————

Pyracantha varieties

Known for their colourful berries available in yellow, reds and oranges which will last from Autumn through to Spring if left untouched by birds. Great against a back wall these Pyracantha will stop intruders. Available potted throughout the year.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3 metres

???? Soil: well-drained, fertile soil

Available in 2LD, 3LD, 5L, 10L and 20L + pot sizes 

———————————————————————————————

Prunus Rotundifolia 

A vigorous, dense evergreen shrub suitable for almost all locations. Large, glossy green leaves make this a go-to plant above other Prunus varieties.  Its density makes it ideal for screening for privacy, and it is a great barrier to noise and wind. Commonly known as laurel, this hedging variety grows up to 60cm per year and is relatively happy in most soil conditions.

????Flowers: April

???? Position: Full sun – full shade

???? Height: Up to 5 metres

???? Soil: well-drained, moist soil, do not plant in shallow chalk

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes and as a rootball and bare root plants from November – March

———————————————————————————————

Prunus Lusitanica

Also known as Portuguese laurel, boast luscious dark green glossy leaves on deep maroon stems with small, fragrant white flowers in the summer which are loved by pollinators and red berries in the autumn which are very popular with birds.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 15 metres

???? Soil: well-drained, moist soil, do not plant in shallow chalk

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes and as a rootball from November – March

———————————————————————————————

Rosa rugosa

A hardy, easy to grow rose with pink scented flowers from June through to September, followed by bright scarlet hips. A dense, vigorous growing hedging variety happy in full sun.

????Flowers: June – September

???? Position: Full sun – full shade

???? Height: Up to 1.5 metres

???? Soil: well-drained soil

Available in 2L, 3L  + pot sizes and as bare-root plants from November – March

———————————————————————————————

Click here for more hedging solutions

 

The Growers Choice - Plants with winter interest

The Growers Choice – Plants with winter interest

November 24th, 2021 by

There’s plenty of interest to be had from plants during the winter months whether that be the scent of Sarcococca or the flowers of Helleborus plants, check out some of our favourites below

Cornus varieties such as ‘Midwinter Fire’, and ‘Sibrica’ 

Cornus are known for their coloured stems that are revealed when their leaves fall. Shades of red, yellow and orange stems are available.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Flowers: May – June

???? Height: Up to 3m (depending on the variety)

???? Width: Up to 2m (depending on the variety)

Soil: moderately fertile soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L ( subject to availability and the variety)

———————————————————————————————

Sarcococca varieties such as ‘Confusa’ and hookeriana ‘Winter Gem’

Highly scented white flowers sit above large glossy, rich green leaves come late winter – early spring. It is a great addition to a shady border or a shaded patio spot where you can smell it every day.

???? Flowers: Late winter-early spring

????Position: Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.5m

Soil:fertile, well-drained, moist soil

———————————————————————————————

Hellebore varieties

Hellebores are compact, clump-forming perennials with dark green, leathery leaves and stunning flowers.

A tremendous shade-loving border plant that will brighten up your garden when little else is flowering from December – March.

???? Flowers: December – March (depending on the variety)

????Position: Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 45cn (depending on the variety)

Soil: Heavy, neutral to alkaline soil

It would help if you planted in partial to full shade for best results and cut back old leaves in January – February to show off new flowers.

———————————————————————————————

Mahonia varieties such as ‘Charity’ and ‘Winter Sun’

Are the perfect addition to a shaded spot in your garden as they prefer full – partial shade with spikes of yellow flowers from November through to March that has a fragrant reminiscent of lily-of-the-valley on dark green holly-like leaves. Prune in spring after flowering.

????Flowers:  November – March (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 5m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist-well-drained, fertile, humus-rich soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L, 20L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Skimmia varieties such as ‘Rubella’ and ‘Kew Green’

Are you in need of some autumn/winter colour? Skimmia Rubella are known for their dark red flower buds that are produced in autumn and last through to winter until the flowers open in spring — an excellent plant for a patio pot or border.

????Flowers:  April – May (depending on variety) flower buds are seen in autumn-winter.

???? Position: Partial – full shade

???? Height: Up to 1.5m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist-well-drained, acid soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Viburnum varieties 

Evergreen Viburnums such as tinus are a great shrub for winter interest with dark green leaves and clusters of tiny white flowers from December to April.

A great low maintenance easy to grow shrub that can brighten a part shaded area of the garden when little else is flowering.

????Flowers:  December – April

???? Position: Full sun or partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist-well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Hamamelis varieties 

Hamamelis plants are covered in branches of distinctive, spider-like, fragrant flowers in red, yellow, and orange shades from January to early spring.

Whilst slow growing this plant variety can become a large spreading shrub or small tree. A fantastic specimen plant that will make a great addition to the middle or back of a border.

Plant in well-drained, neutral acid soil in full sun to partial shade for best results.

????Flowers: January – February

☀️ Position: Full sun – Partial shade

 Pot size: 5L, 10L, 20L + (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Jasminum nudiflorum

A deciduous climber with bright yellow flowers that appear on bare stems in winter and early spring helping to brighten up a dark winter’s day. This attractive climber will grow well against a trellis or low wall once trained as it is not self-clinging.

????Flowers: January – March

☀️ Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist-well-drained soil

 Pot size:  2LD, 3LD  ( subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

The Growers Choice - Hedging for an exposed site

The Growers Choice – Hedging for an exposed site

November 22nd, 2021 by

Is your next project without any natural defence and exposed to the elements such as strong winds? we have put together a list of hedging varieties that are suitable for an exposed site below

Acer campestre 

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 4M

???? Soil: any soil (except water-logged sites)

A deciduous resilient species that filters the wind more than evergreen varieties, creating a more sheltered spot it is a great hedging variety for an exposed site.

Available in bare-root sizes 60-80cm and seedling 30-40cm. Also available in 2L, 3L, 5L & 10L.

Crataegus monogyna

A popular native hedging plant is known for its large thorns, which can be seen after its green leaves fall in Autumn. It is also known for its white scented flowers, which can be seen in Spring.

A hardy species suited to the cold and windy conditions of an inland exposed site, even in windy areas it will grow up to 3m tall.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3M in an exposed location

???? Soil: any soil (except water-logged sites)

Available in bare-root sizes from 40-60cm up to 200cm tall and in container pots after the bare root season.

Cupressus Leylandii

Is one of the fastest evergreen hedging varieties that can grow up to 3ft per year with its eventual height reaching up to 12m. Great as a windbreak, general barrier and for noise reduction. A hardy plant that is well suited to a cold exposed site. Perform regular maintenance to help form a dense hedge.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 12 metres

???? Soil: well-drained soil

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes

Cotoneaster Franchetii 

Is a hardy variety suited to an exposed inland sites and coastal sites with sage green leaves with a white underside and pink flowers in early summer with deep orange berries in autumn.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3 metres

???? Soil: Any except water-logged

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes

Taxus Baccata 

A dark green evergreen hedging variety with needle-like leaves, ideal for an exposed site as it filters down the wind.  This variety is commonly known as ‘Yew’. It is a popular variety often used in stately homes grounds and private gardens. This hedging variety is easy to trim and can be used to create shapes for a statement feature or simply cut to create a clean line.

Red berries are seen come Autumn, which are loved by birds but harmful to humans, pets and livestock if eaten. This slow-growing variety prefers fertile, well-drained soil.

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes and as a rootball from November – March

????Flowers: April

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 20 metres

???? Soil: well-drained, fertile soil

Grisellina littoralis

A great hedging plant for a seaside retreat with large glossy, apple green ovate leaves. Grow in moist well-drained soil in a sheltered sunny spot for best results.

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 12 metres

???? Soil: well-drained soil

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes

 

November Gardening Reminders 2021

November Gardening Reminders 2021

November 2nd, 2021 by

November reminds us that winter is on its way with leaves on the trees falling rapidly and the increase of rain and wind. During November container plants and some ground plants will need protection from the frosts, wind and freezing rain. November is also the start of the Bare Root and Root Ball season so there’s plenty to be on with this month. Check out our latest hints and tips put together by horticulturist John Richardson.

 

1) The earlier winter digging can be done, the better, as this allows rain, snow, and frost to break down the clods of soil which will make cultivations in the spring so much easier.

2)Collect and dispose of the fallen fruits from apple trees, many will be damaged and prone to spreading diseases such as brown rot.

3)Divide and replant rhizomatous Iris, and layer Carnations and Pinks. Peg them into moist soil after carefully cracking a small section of the stem. Ensure the treated area remains in moist soil.

4)Now is the best time to plant roses, buying plants that are field-grown (bare-root) is the most economic and will survive just as well as container-grown plants if kept moist when out of the ground. For long delays, heel in the roots of the plant in an area that is not waterlogged.

5)Replace those small patches of the lawn which have become damaged, with turf from a less obvious area. Do not perform this task when the soil is waterlogged or frozen.

6)Take the opportunity to cut back overgrown hedges, either mechanically on deciduous plants or with secateurs and a saw on large-leafed evergreens such as laurels and rhododendrons. Trim conifer hedges next spring.

7)Clean moss and lichens from footpaths and walls. There are several commercial brands of cleaner available, but bleach is equally good. A power washer will make light work of the job!

8)Before the month-end check apples and other stored fruits for signs of rotting and throw out damaged fruit for the birds.

9)Plant tulip bulbs after the middle of the month to prevent the spread of Tulip Fire disease.

10)Make sure you have checked the compost heap and the bonfire for hibernating animals before you light the bonfire on November 5th.!!

11)Collect seeds of any plants you may wish to reproduce for next year. Cover seed-heads with a paper bag and tap them to release seed over time. Do not save seed from plants described as being of F1 (hybrid) origin.

12)Cut back to ground level the canes of summer fruits such as Raspberries, Loganberries, Blackberries etc. as soon as fruiting is complete. Tie in the growth of this year’s new canes as these are your next year’s fruiting canes.

13)From the middle of the month begin successional sowing of spring cabbage for winter harvest, and lettuce is sown under glass for use during the winter.

14)Clean out bird boxes and sterilize them with boiling water.

15)Insulate with bubble-wrap polythene, the pots of plants which may not be entirely hardy, or the container is a traditional frost susceptible clay pot.

16)Don’t get carried away with autumn pruning! Plants such as Viburnum bodnantense, Lonicera fragrantissima, and the flowering cherry Prunus subhirtella ‘Autumnalis’, as these will carry sweetly scented pink flowers all the way through the winter.

17)Lift and store dahlias if not already completed.

The Growers Choice: Long-flowering plants

The Growers Choice: Long-flowering plants

August 11th, 2021 by

If you are wanting your garden to bloom throughout the year, be sure to include long-flowering varieties in your projects from Vincas to Erysimum. Below is a list of some of our favourite long-flowering varieties.

Erysimum Bowle’s Mauve

A long-flowering semi-evergreen with narrow, grey-green leaves. This perennial produces spikes of purple flowers from late February to July and will make a great addition to a long flowering sunny border.

???? Flowers: February – July

????Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 0.75m

???? Soil: poor to moderately fertile, well-drained soil

Available in 2L pots.

Vinca minor

One of our favourite ground cover plants is the evergreen Vinca Minor. It is well-known for its capability in ground-covering flaunting its star-like blue flowers which can be seen from April to September. Planting the Vinca Minor in very dry soil exposed to full sun or partial shade will allow them to flourish.

???? Flowers: April – September

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.2 metres

???? Soil: Very dry soil

Available in 2L pots.

Persicaria ‘Darjeeling Red’

Is a semi-evergreen perennial, well-known for its crimson upright flowers. It can be seen in the Autumn months from September to November, growing up to half a metre tall. For best results, soil moisture must be moist but well-drained.

???? Flowers: June-October

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.5 metres

???? Soil: Moist but well-drained

Available in 2L and 5L pots.

Geranium varieties

A perfect plant doing well in partial shade to full sun, it’s great for underplanting or filling in any empty gaps in your border, adding beautiful purple flowers from June through to October.

???? Flowers: June – October

????Position: Sun – Partial Shade

???? Height: Up to 0.6m

???? Soil: fertile, well-drained soil.

Salvia varieties such as ‘Caradonna’

Violet blue flowers grow on purple stems from June to October. Happiest in a sunny position in a well-drained border. The flowers are well-loved by bees and butterflies.

????Flowers: June – October (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 1.2m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moderately fertile, moist but well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2l, 3L,5L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

Fuchsia varieties such as ‘Tom Thumb’ ‘Genii’ and ‘Mrs Popple’

A great addition to a sunny partial shade area of a project. They would even look great in a hanging basket.

????Flowers: June-October

???? Position: Full sun  or partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

Potentilla varieties such as ‘Red Robin’ ‘Lovely pink’ ‘Goldfinger’ ‘Abbotswood’ and ‘Tangerine’

????Flowers: May – October

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1m depending on the variety

Soil: moderately fertile, well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 7.5L, 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

Agastache varieties such as ‘Morello’, ‘Little Adder’ & ‘Blue Fortune’

????Flowers:  July – October (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 1m (depending on the variety)

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L. 3L

Verbena bonariensis

Tall branching stems with clusters of lilac-purple flowers from June to September are ideal for the front or middle of a border in full sun.

???? Flowers: June – September (depending on variety)

????Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 2m  (depending on variety)

???? Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

Available in 2l  pots (depending on variety) 

Other long-flowering varieties you could use include Lavender, Hypericum, Erigeron, Penstemon, Nepeta and Buddleia.

For more garden inspiration, head to our solutions page by clicking here

The Growers Choice: Hedging for birds

The Growers Choice: Hedging for birds

August 10th, 2021 by

Encourage birds into your garden projects by planting bird-friendly species such as Ilex aquifolium and Crataegus monogyna. See our bird-friendly hedging favourites below.

1) Ilex aquifolium (Holly) is definitely a bird’s favourite. Its dense prickly leaves offer windproof shelter along with berries for a Christmas feast. Blackbirds and thrushes are usually the first to strip a holly bush of its berries.

Available as root balls in the winter and container plants in a multitude of sizes throughout the year.

????Flowers: June- July

Fruits: October – January

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 20 metres

???? Soil: well-drained, moist, moderately fertile, humus-rich soil

2) Crataegus monogyna (Hawthorn) berries are a favourite for Chaffinches, Starlings, Blackbirds and Greenfinches. The leaves are the food plant for caterpillars of many moth species, providing food for baby birds in spring.

????Flowers: May – June

Fruits: September – November

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 6 metres

???? Soil: Any soil (apart from water-logged)

We have a great selection of bare root hedging available from 40-60cm tall to 175-200cm tall from November to March.

3) Prunus spinosa (Blackthorn) is used by birds to nest among its dense thorny branches and feast on caterpillars and other insects on its leaves, and feast on the sloe berries in autumn.

????Flowers: March

Fruits: September – November

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 4 metres

???? Soil: Any soil (apart from water-logged)

Available in container pots throughout the year or in bare-root form come November – March. 

4) Prunus padus (bird cherry) Provides a spring feast for pollinators. Its cherries are eaten by birds such as blackbirds and song thrushes and other mammals such as a dormouse.

????Flowers: March

Fruits: August

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 5 metres

???? Soil: Will tolerate most soil types

You can purchase this variety from us throughout the year as a container-grown plant or as a bare root one from November – March. 

5) Cotoneaster varieties 

Cotoneaster branches are always full of small red berries from autumn onwards and provide great shelter for a nesting site. They are popular with thrushes, Blackbirds and Waxwings.

????Flowers: May

Fruits: Autumn

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 6 metres

???? Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

Available in a number of pot sizes from 2L to 10L.

6) Alnus glutinosa (Alder) seeds are eaten by birds such as Siskin, redpoll and goldfinches, as well as its catkins providing an early source of nectar and pollen for bees.

????Flowers: February – April

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 10 metres

???? Soil: Will tolerate most soil types

This hedging plant is available in container pots throughout the year and in various bare-root sizes from November-March. 

Other hedging varieties to consider to help encourage birds into your garden include Pyracantha, Acer campestre, Dog Rose and Malus sylvestris.

August Gardening Reminders 2021

August Gardening Reminders 2021

August 6th, 2021 by

The lighter evenings are slowly on their way out as we enjoy the last month of summer. However, there’s still plenty to be doing this August, including dead-heading, cutting back and dividing. Check out our August gardening hints and tips put together by Chairman and horticulturist John Richardson below.

1) When going on holiday and concerned about indoor containers being watered, try placing a full bucket of water on the garage floor and placing your pots around it on their own saucers. Using a piece of thick wet string about the consistency of a thick bootlace, tie one end to a piece of old cutlery and place it in the bucket. Push the other end of the string into the compost in one of the pots.  Place strings from the cutlery to all the other pots and cross fingers!!  It works for me !!

2) Complete the lifting of last seasons bulbs and dry them off naturally in light woven sacks for maximum ventilation.

3) Keep dead-heading the really good flowering plants, and don’t allow them to dry out. This should encourage new flowers and stop them from setting seed. Where heavy watering has been applied, consider giving the plants a top-dressing of general fertilizer, either dry or liquid, to keep them growing well into the autumn.

4) Cut back the long whippy growths of Wisteria to within 3 buds of the old wood if they are not required to extend the area covered by the plant.

5) Keep an eye on the whole garden and spray or pick off pests on Dahlias and Chrysanthemums in particular.

6) Collect and dispose of the first fallen fruits from apple trees. Many will be damaged and prone to spreading diseases such as brown rot.

7) Divide and replant rhizomatous Iris, and layer Carnations and Pinks. Peg them into moist soil after carefully cracking a small section of the stem. Ensure the treated area remains in moist soil.

8) Continue to water new lawns recently established. I suggest that it would be better to leave further lawn development until after mid-September when the weather is cooler.

9) It is important to provide water for wildlife in the dry months, a substantial bird bath plus a large saucer of water let into the ground for mice, hedgehogs, insects etc., will be much appreciated!

10) Collect seeds of any plants you may wish to reproduce for next year. Cover seed-heads with a paper bag and tap them to release seed over time. Do not save seed from plants described as being of F1 origin.

11) Cut back to ground level the canes of summer fruits such as Raspberries, Loganberries, Blackberries etc., as soon as fruiting is complete. Tie in the growth of this year’s new canes as these are your next year’s fruiting canes.

12)From the middle of the month begin successional sowing of spring cabbage for winter harvest and lettuce sown under glass for use during the winter

13) Make sure to leave time to be able to sit back and enjoy the late August evenings before the need to start winter digging and tree pruning becomes an urgent matter!

September Gardening Reminders 2021

September Gardening Reminders 2021

September 16th, 2021 by

The mornings now have a fresh feel to them, but overnight temperatures are still staying above 10 degrees. It really does feel as though we are coming to the end of the summer now, but there’s plenty to be doing in the garden this month; below are some hints and tips put together by Chairman and horticulturist John Richardson.

1)The first 10 days of September is the last time to be taking cuttings of tender perennials such as pelargoniums and fuchsias. Roots will form much quicker before the cooler weather sets in. It is better to take cuttings at this late stage to root them round the edge of a pot and leave them in the pot until transplanting next spring. Alternatively, bring the old plants under cover in a cool but frost-free room and take cuttings early next year.

2)Have you ever thought of buying a greenhouse? Now is a good time to buy at a discounted price, with the whole winter to erect it and have it ship-shape for the start of next spring.

3)Time to check bigger trees around the garden; September can be a windy month and well worth the knowledge that boughs are not likely to come crashing down on the house, the garden and the new greenhouse in the winter sales.

4) If you have time to spare on the weekend, take a notebook around the garden and note those plants which are happy in their location, are growing too big, have the wrong colour combination with neighbouring plants, or really need more space. It will make your winter sort-out in the garden much easier.

5) Planting new shrubs in autumn has the benefit of warm soil to get the plants established before winter and the soil is usually moist; delay bare-root tree planting until November and be sure to install a stake at the time of planting. Always put the stake on the windward side and secure it with a proper tree time.

6) September is a good month to plant spring-flowering bulbs, but leave tulips until November, as this will help prevent the fungal disease ‘tulip fire’. If you find mice digging up your crocus bulbs, cover them with fine chicken wire, which won’t affect grass mowing but should dissuade mice.

7)If you have heavy soil, dig over the garden borders later this month as the bedding plants need to be removed. This will make digging easier as the soil will not be at full water capacity as in later months.

8) Crocosmias form large mounds of roots and corms over the years, separate them with 2 forks by pulling them apart, or remove the soil and untangle them with the help of a hosepipe jet.

9) Continue to trim fast-growing hedging, and don’t overlook the weeds in the hedge bottoms.

10)Newly planted perennials will do well when planted over the next 6 weeks. Give the roots of new plants a good soaking before planting, and firm in well to the original depth and place a good mulch around the plant to prevent moisture loss and winter frost damage to young roots.

11) During this month and next, the lawn can be cut less frequently but will really benefit from mechanical scarifying or the regular use of a spring tine rake to remove the old ‘thatch’. Aerating the lawn by means of a machine or a garden fork will work wonders, in conjunction with a specific lawn weed-killer and an autumn lawn fertilizer dressing.

October Gardening Reminders 2021

October Gardening Reminders 2021

October 4th, 2021 by

The temperatures have dropped and trees & shrubs are changing colour  –  autumn is officially here, but there’s still plenty to be doing in the garden this month from planting bulbs to taking cuttings; below are some hints and tips put together by Chairman and horticulturist John Richardson.

1) Give conifer hedges a final trim and finish planting evergreen shrubs while the soil is still warm, and new roots will develop quickly.

2) Lift and store carrots and potatoes. Cut back strong stems of tall shrubs like lavatera and Buddleia to half their length to prevent winter damage. Complete the cutting back to 15 inches in February/March.

3) Collect the seed of those plants you may wish to increase and will come true from seed. Store seed in paper bags in a sealed container on the bottom shelf of a refrigerator. If unsure when to sow the seed, sow half on the collection and the other half in the spring.

4) At the end of October give the glasshouses and frames a thorough clean both inside and outside. Scrub down the benches with a mild disinfectant before hosing down the entire area.

5) If you have electricity in the glasshouse, check that the earth-breaker is undamaged and clean.

6) Fix grease bands to the trunks of apple and pear trees.

7) Clean out ponds and water features, and remove water pumps for the winter.

8) Repair broken fences, patios, trellises, steps, fall pipes and walls.

9) Take hardwood cuttings of forsythia, deutzia, honeysuckle, jasmine, Virginia creeper, holly, privet, cotoneaster, poplar, willow, gooseberries, blackcurrants etc., at the end of the month.

10) Make several collections through the month of fallen leaves, and store them in a wire-netting enclosed area to ensure they rot down over winter. Do not leave fallen leaves on the lawn.

11) Clean out leaves from around alpine plants. If permanently outside and not in a cold frame, cover with a pinned down sheet of glass over winter to prevent the plants from becoming water-logged.

12) Lift Dahlias, Gladioli, and other tender perennials when temperatures fall sharply and store them in a frost-free place.

13) This is a good month to lay turf providing the ground has been firmed, raked, levelled and weeded.

14) If the weather warms up at the end of the month, take the opportunity to prepare compost and boxes for sowing half-hardy annuals by the end of the month. You should have a heat source available for frost prevention on cold nights

15) Be sure to have a stock of sand or salt for very frosty mornings when paths and roads are slippery.

16) Plant new daffodils, but don’t plant tulips until mid-November to reduce the risk of Tulip Fire Disease.

17) When planting new trees larger than 2m., place a diagonal stake into the prevailing wind to prevent the tree from leaning over in the first year.

18) Remember, when selecting shrubs, birds don’t like yellow berries!!

19) lift and divide rhubarb crowns at 5-year intervals, a spade is the best implement to use!

Interested in plants that are looking good this October, click here to view

 

 

July Gardening Reminders 2021

July Gardening Reminders 2021

July 6th, 2021 by

Not sure what to do in the garden this month? check out our July gardening reminders put together by Chairman and Horticulturist John Richardson.

 

1)   Keep control of soft, fast-growing weeds such as thistles, they harbour aphids and other problems.

 

2)  Now is the time to make yourself a good big compost bin, just before you really need it!  Ideally, use 4 stakes as corners 1 metre apart in a square and staple wire netting (1 metre deep) around the square.

This affords easy entry when you wish to empty it, or it can be made bigger or smaller at will.  If you would like a really permanent one, use pressure-treated plywood or boards instead of netting.

 

3)  Treat shrubs that were cut back in the spring with a high Sulphate of Potash feed to encourage the production of flower buds for next year.

 

4)Prune shrubs grown on walls and pergolas to remove some of the top growth and further stimulate growth from the base of the plant.

 

5) Evergreen hedges can be clipped this month (and some deciduous ones), but ensure there are no nesting birds in the hedge or bush. Cut laurel and Eleagnus hedges with secateurs to prevent cut leaves.

In hot weather, spray newly planted container-grown hedge plant foliage with water as well as ensuring that the root zone continues to be kept moist.

 

6) Lift tulip bulbs after they have fully died down and store them in paper bags in a dry and airy place over the summer.

 

7) Keep hydrangeas well-watered, particularly those growing in containers, as they quickly show signs of drought, and it can be difficult to get them to fully recover.

 

8) Check the moisture level of hanging baskets every morning, and water thoroughly if dry. Feed plants with a soluble or liquid feed once per week and remove flower-heads that are going over.

 

9) Divide established clumps of bearded iris immediately after blooming and plant in the ground or in containers and keep moist. Discard the older exhausted rhizomes, and cut back the foliage of the new plants to approximately 12-15cm.

 

10)  Now is the time to sort out your autumn bulb order, to give you maximum choice for next year. Bulb catalogues are now really helpful and a pleasure to look at. Planting early has benefits for almost all bulbs, but leave tulips until late November in order to prevent disease infection.

 

11) Remove spent rose flower heads and maintain spraying as necessary to combat greenfly, rust, mildew and black spot, as appropriate. Apply a summer rose feed in the middle of the month.

 

12) Take softwood cuttings of a range of shrubs by selecting healthy young shoots, the cutting s to be 5-8cm long with 2 leaves retained at the top of the cutting. Cut the base cleanly with a knife, just below a node (leaf joint). Dip the base of the cutting in rooting hormone and insert around the edges of a plastic pot in a very gritty compost and cover with clear polythene supported above the foliage. Among many ideal subjects would be Asters, Ceanothus, Cistus, Escallonia, & Hydrangea.

 

13) Keep a pair of secateurs in your pocket as you wander around the garden, being able to dead-head those flowers which have gone over will ensure a second flush of flowers in many cases.

 

14) Be sure to keep the bird baths topped up in the hottest of weather!

 

15) After the natural ‘June drop’ of many fruit trees, thin the remaining fruits to ensure the full development of the best trusses. Where branches are carrying heavy loads of fruit it is well worth considering support for the heaviest, particularly in the case of plums.

 

16)  When Strawberries have finished fruiting trim back the foliage with shears and remove with any straw mulch which had been applied to protect and support the fruit. This waste can be composted.

 

In need of more hints and tips for your projects? check out our solution page by clicking here 

The Growers Plantspo - June Herbaceous

The Growers Plantspo – June Herbaceous

June 14th, 2021 by

Want to add colour to your garden projects this month? check out our guide to herbaceous varieties that are looking good this June from Achillea to Tradescantia.

Herbaceous varieties looking good this June  

Achillea varieties such as ‘Terracotta’, ‘Cloth of Gold’ and ‘Moon Dust

Achilleas are a great addition to a mixed border or cottage garden in full sun – partial shade with flat-topped flowers that bloom from June – September with many cultivars and colours to choose from ranging from yellow to white and pink.

????Flowers:  June-September (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade (depending on variety)

???? Height: Up to 1m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Alchemilla mollis

????Flowers:  June-September (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.6m

Soil: Humus-rich soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L

———————————————————————————————

Allium varieties such as ‘Purple Sensation’ and ‘Mount Everest’

????Flowers:  May – June

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 1.2m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L  (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Astilbe varieties such as ‘Fanal’

????Flowers:  May – June, August (depends on the variety

???? Position: Full sun -partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist, humus, rich soil

 Pot size: 2L, 5L  (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Astrantia varieties such as ‘Claret’, ‘Hadspen Blood’ and ‘Rosea’

????Flowers: June – August (depends on the variety)

???? Position: Full sun -partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist, preferably humus-rich soil

 Pot size: 3L

———————————————————————————————

Coreopsis varieties such as ‘Limerock Ruby’, ‘Golden Sphere’ and ‘Sunkiss’

????Flowers: June – September (depends on the variety)

???? Position: Full sun -partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.5m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 3L

———————————————————————————————

Dahlia varieties such as ‘Happy Days Pink’, ‘Happy Days Red’ and ‘Happy Days Yellow’

????Flowers: June – September (depends on the variety)

???? Position: Full sun -partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.5m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 3L

———————————————————————————————

Delphinium varieties such as ‘Galahad’ and ‘Magic Fountain Rose Blue White’

????Flowers: June – July

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 2m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L

———————————————————————————————

Digitalis varieties such as ‘Albiflora’ and ‘Excelsior Hybrids’

????Flowers: June – July

???? Position: Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 2m (depending on variety)

Soil: Humus, rich soil

 Pot size: 2L, 3L

———————————————————————————————

Erigeron varieties such as ‘Sea Breeze’ and Erigeron karvinskianus

????Flowers: May – October (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 0.5m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, well drained soil

 Pot size: 2L

———————————————————————————————

Geranium varieties such as ‘Rozanne’ and ‘Max Frei’ 

????Flowers: June – October (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.6m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L

———————————————————————————————

Geum varieties such as ‘Totally Tangerine’, ‘Cosmopolitan’ and ‘Sunrise’

????Flowers: June – August (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 0.6m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist, well-drained soil

 Pot size: 3L

———————————————————————————————

Iris varieties such as pseudacorus, ‘Perry’s Blue’ and ‘Tamberg’

????Flowers: May-June

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 1.2m (depending on variety)

Soil: Well-drained, moderately fertile, neutral to slightly acidic soil

 Pot size: 2l, 3L (depending on variety and subject to availability).

———————————————————————————————

Lupinus varieties such as ‘Gladiator’, ‘Persian Slipper’ and ‘Red Rum’

????Flowers: June – July

???? Position: Full sun- partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1.2m (depending on variety)

Soil: Well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2l, 3L, 5L (depending on variety and subject to availability).

———————————————————————————————

Paeonia varieties such as ‘Felix Crousse’ and ‘Bowl of beauty’ 

????Flowers: June – July

???? Position: Full sun- partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist, humus-rich, free-draining soil

 Pot size: 2l, 3LD (depending on variety and subject to availability).

———————————————————————————————

Persicaria varieties such as ‘Darjeeling Red’, ‘Superba’ and ‘Delgado’

????Flowers: June – October (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun- partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1m (depending on variety)

Soil: Any moist soil

 Pot size: 2l (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Salvia varieties such as ‘Caradonna’, ‘Cherry Lips and ‘Sensation White’

????Flowers: June – October (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 1.2m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moderately fertile, moist but well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2l, 3L,5L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Scabiosa varieties such as ‘Butterfly Blue’, ‘Flutter Deep Blue’ and ‘Flutter Deep Pink’

????Flowers: June – September (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 0.5m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moderately fertile, well-drained, neutral to slightly alkaline soil

 Pot size: 2l, 3L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Tiarella varieties such as ‘Spring Symphony’ and ‘Pink Symphony’

????Flowers: May – July

???? Position: Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.4m (depending on variety)

Soil: Cool, moist, humus-rich soil

 Pot size: 3L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Tradescantia ‘Sweet Kate’

????Flowers: May – July

???? Position: Full sun – Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.3m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist but well-drained soil

 Pot size: 2L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Please note the above plants listed are subject to availability and is not an exhaustive list of what is available, please contact your sales rep direct for specific requests.

Click here to view our list of June shrub plants that are looking good

 

The Growers Plantspo - June Shrubs

The Growers Plantspo – June Shrubs

June 7th, 2021 by

Not sure what’s looking good in the plant world this month? check out our guide to shrub varieties that are looking good this June from Ceanothus to Spirea plants.

Shrubs looking good this June

Ceanothus varieties

????Flowers: May – June (depending on variety, varieties such as ‘Puget Blue’ start flowering in April, and others flower for longer than June)

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 3m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L, 20L + (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Convolvulus cneorum 

????Flowers: May – July

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 0.6m

Soil: Poor to moderately fertile, well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L (subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Cistus varieties such as ‘Corbariensis,  ‘Sunset’ and ‘purpureus’. 

????Flowers: June-July

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 1m

 Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 7.5L, 10L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Deutzia varieties like ‘Mont Rose’ and ‘Rosea’

????Flowers: April – June

???? Position: Full sun – partial

???? Height: Up to 1m

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Escallonia varieties such as ‘Apple Blossom’, ‘Iveyi’ and ‘Pink Elle‘.

????Flowers: June-July and usually again in September

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 1m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L  (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Fuchsia varieties such as ‘Tom Thumb’ ‘Genii’ and ‘Mrs Popple’

????Flowers: June-October

???? Position: Full sun  or partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1m (depending on variety)

Soil: Fertile, moist well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Haliumium libanotis 

????Flowers: June-August

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 0.5m

Soil: Well-drained soil

Pot size: 3L,10L (subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Hydrangea varieties 

????Flowers: June-September (depending on variety)

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade (depending on variety)

???? Height: Up to 1.5m (depending on variety)

Soil: Moist, well-drained soil, fertile soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 7.5L,  10L + (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Lavatera varieties such as ‘Rosea’ and ‘Baby Barnsley’

????Flowers: June-September

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 2m

Soil: Fertile -well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L  (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Lavender varieties such as ‘Hidcote’ and ‘munstead’.

????Flowers: June-September

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 0.6m

Soil:  Fertile -well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 7.5L, 10L  (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Potentilla varieties such as ‘Red Robin’ ‘Lovely pink’ ‘Goldfinger’ ‘Abbotswood’ and ‘Tangerine’ 

????Flowers: May – October

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1m depending on the variety

Soil: moderately fertile, well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 7.5L, 10L  (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Philadelphus varieties such as ‘Virginal’ ‘Belle Etoile’ and ‘starbright’ 

????Flowers: June – July

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1.5m depending on the variety

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L  (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Spirea ‘snowmound’

????Flowers: June – July

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 2.5m

Soil: Fertile, moist, well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L  ( subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Syringa varieties 

????Flowers: May-June

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 4m depending on the variety

Soil: Fertile, moist, well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L, 12L, 20L + (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Viburnum opulus ‘Compactum’

????Flowers: June – August

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1.5m

Soil: Moist, well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L  (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Weigela varieties

????Flowers: May-June

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 2.5m depending on the variety

Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

Pot size: 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L  (depending on variety and subject to availability)

———————————————————————————————

Please note the above plants listed are subject to availability and is not an exhaustive list of what is available, please contact your sales rep direct for specific requests.

Click here to view our list of June herbaceous plants looking good

The Growers Guide - Creating an environmentally friendly garden

The Growers Guide – Creating an environmentally friendly garden

June 4th, 2021 by

The worlds changing climate has many of us questioning what we could do to make our life more environmentally friendly, whether that’s in our day to day life, the house or garden, below we have some great tips on how you can create an environmentally friendly garden.

Limit your use of water 

Limiting the use of clean water is important for the environment, so why not recycle natural sources that can be used to water plants in any garden by installing a water butt.

To preserve your water, we recommend directing the supply to the roots of plants without wasting it on the leaves or flowers. Removing weeds will ensure the water is going towards your plants and is not being wasted further.

There have been several hosepipe bans in place across the country during the warmest periods of the year. You can help conserve your water usage by using a watering can in its place, and considering the time of day, watering during the warmest part of the day would mean the water is more likely to evaporate in the heat and be ineffective. Prioritise young plants and seedlings over more established plants as these will survive long periods without water.

View our guide to watering in dry weather here 

Use drought-tolerant plants

Opting to use drought-tolerant plants, that require less watering, will be better for the environment in helping to save water.

There are plenty of options for any garden. If you’re looking for plants that do well in full sun, we’d recommend shrub varieties like lavender, rosemary and buddleia, or herbaceous varieties like Iris, Kniphofia and salvia. Alternatively, there are drought resistant plants that do well for shaded areas, such as Sarcococca, Hypericum, Euphorbia and Digitalis.

Plant a tree

When it comes to purifying the air, and helping to reduce air pollution in built-up areas, we recommend planting a tree to decrease carbon dioxide levels. Choose varieties with larger leaves and wide crowns to maximise photosynthesis. Trees can also provide additional benefits such as providing a home for local wildlife and reducing noise pollution.

Include native plants  

Fill your garden projects with as many native plants as possible to attract wildlife into your garden.  Click here to view a list of native trees and shrubs by the RHS.

Introduce pollinators

One-third of our crop supply in the UK relies on bees pollinating our plants. By introducing stock that bees are highly attracted to helps encourage them, and other pollinators, into your garden.

Click here to view the growers choice of pollinator-friendly plants.

Protect wildlife habitats

Looking after our environment doesn’t just mean caring for space itself, but also giving nature a helping hand. The colder months of the year can be a struggle for local wildlife, but by building birdhouses with feeders, log piles for hedgehogs or even insect hotels, we can provide a safe space for them all year round.

Make organic compost

Having an environmentally friendly garden means having space where you are largely self-sufficient. Make your own compost by using recycled elements from your garden or home, including leaves, grass cuttings, branches, natural debris, leftover fruit peels, eggshells and old newspapers.

Grow your own fruit and vegetables

Growing your own food is not only cost-effective but rewarding. The fresh fruit and vegetables taste great while helping to reduce the environmental impact the shipping and plastic waste has from produce sold in supermarkets. Start with something easy to grow. such as carrots, potatoes, apples or berries, before tackling more challenging produce.

Make your garden accessible  

Make your garden accessible to decline species such as hedgehogs, modern gardens with walls and fences make it difficult for them and other ground-dwelling creatures.

 

The Growers Guide - Watering in dry weather

The Growers Guide – Watering in dry weather

June 3rd, 2021 by

During warm and drought weather, it can be hard to ensure plants are getting the water they need to survive. Read our guide on watering in dry weather below.

Drought (the definition for a gardener): drought is considered to occur in a garden when the soil moisture in the plant root zone is exhausted, and the plants wilt—a continuous period of 15 days when there has been no measurable rain.

  •  In hot weather, water in the cool of the early morning, in the evening, the soil and the atmosphere will still be very warm and applied water will quickly evaporate.
  •  Frequent light watering does not penetrate deep into the soil. Soak the soil to a good depth from time to time. This will encourage deeper rooting and the tapping of water at lower levels.
  •  After a heavy watering, apply a mulch around the plant or tree, leaving 4-6 inches around the main stem to prevent fungal attacks. Remember that fine water-absorbing roots are not under the trunk, but towards the edge of the plant canopy.
  •  If water is not available, it has been traditional to hoe the surface soil, but not deeply as you may be cutting surface roots. A crumbly, hoed surface will prevent transpiration from lower depths and facilitate the rapid absorption of rain, or water, which is applied.
  • When watering with a hose, use a rose in the end so that there is no solid water stream, as this would contribute to water run-off and erosion.
  •  There are now many good water sprinklers on the market that have a wide range of spray patterns for efficient watering in a round or rectangular pattern. A sprinkler in conjunction with a water timer in the hose line will make the whole process so much easier.
  •  Seep-hoses are particularly useful as they can be wound amongst plants that are susceptible to drought and left down all year.
  •  Whenever possible, use rainwater (collected in a rainwater butt) for watering lime hating plants, such as rhododendrons, camellias, etc.
  •  It’s worth noting that half an inch of rain equals approx. 13,600 galls/acre or 2.8 gall/sq.
  •  In hot weather, water container pots once a day.
  •  Remember, waterlogging can be as bad as drought!
The Growers Choice: Fragrant Garden Plants

The Growers Choice: Fragrant Garden Plants

June 3rd, 2021 by

Want to add fragrant plants to your garden project? has your client asked to surround the patio or decking area with fragrant plants? or do they want to add scent to their borders? Check out our guide to some of our favourite fragrant garden plants below.

Lavender varieties

Lavender plants have been used for thousands of years for their scent in the garden, including their use in essential oils with links to the Romans using it to perfume their baths.  It has also been used for many years, dried out and put in small packets to freshen linen, closets and drawers.

Ideal for a pathway or patio pot flowering from July through to September, giving you months of fresh fragrance to enjoy.

???? Flowers: July – September

????Position: Full sun

???? Height: Dependent on variety

???? Soil: fertile, well-drained soil

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L and 10L pots (depending on variety)

 

Trachelospermum jasminoides

A climbing plant famous for its smell which is often recognised in many perfumes. They prefer full sun and flower from June – August. Its dark green leaves turn to bronze come autumn. Add to a sunny positioned wall or fence near your front or back door.

???? Flowers: June – August

????Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 9m

???? Soil: fertile, well-drained soil

Available in 5L, 10L and 20L pots (subject to availability)

Syringa varieties

While Syringa’s flowering period is short, its fragrance and bloom size makes up for it. Available in various colours, lilacs generally herald the beginning of warmer weather. Plant in a sunny well-drained spot for best results.

???? Flowers: May – June

????Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 5m (depending on variety)

???? Soil: fertile, well-drained, neutral to alkaline soil

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L, 20L + pots. (subject to availability)

Sarcococca hookeriana ‘Winter Gem’

Highly scented white flowers sit above large glossy, rich green leaves come late winter – early spring. It is a great addition to a shady border or a shaded patio spot where you can smell it every day.

???? Flowers: Late winter-early spring

????Position: Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.5m

???? Soil: fertile, well-drained, moist soil

Daphne aureomarginata

Looking for a scented cloud on your walk through the garden? Daphne aureomarginata is another fantastic fragrant plant that flowers from January until April. It is known for its pale pink flowers and thrives best in a sunny sheltered position.

???? Flowers: December – March

????Position: Full sun –  Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1.5m

???? Soil: fertile, well-drained, humus-rich soil

Rose varieties

Some rose varieties, such as Rosa de L’hay, are known for their masses of heavily perfumed flowers rich purple in colour. It Would look great at the back of a shrub border and will flower from July to September.

???? Flowers: July – September (depending on variety)

????Position: Full sun –  Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 2.5m (depending on variety)

???? Soil: fertile, well-drained, moist humus-rich soil

Head to our solutions page for more hints and tips here 

The Growers Choice: Late summer blooms

The Growers Choice: Late summer blooms

June 2nd, 2021 by

Spring and early summer aren’t the only months where plants are in bloom choose from this selection of ‘late summer blooms’ for plants that go into late summer and beyond.

Crocosmia varieties

Choose Crocosmia varieties such as ‘Lucifer’  or ‘George Davidsion’ with funnel shaped flowers as bright as a red tomato, or as yellow as a lemon in ‘George Davidson’s case these plants flower from August to September. Crocosmia ‘Lucifer’ will work best in a sunny herbaceous border alongside other bold colours, like Achillea and will reach up to 1m tall.

???? Flowers: August- September

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1m tall (depending on variety)

???? Soil: Well drained, Hummus-rich soil

Available in 2L, 3L and 5L pots (depending on variety and availability)

Hydrangea paniculata varieties

Fantastic specimen plants ideal for a patio pot or mixed border in full sun – partial shade with some paniculata varieties flowering until October.

???? Flowers: July – October (depending on variety)

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1m tall (depending on variety)

???? Soil: Moist, well drained, Hummus-rich soil

Available in 3L, 5L, 7.5L and 10L pots (depending on variety and availability)

Sedum spectabile

A great addition to the front of a sunny border and a great source of late nectar for pollinators flowering from August to October with pink flowers on top of grey-green succulent leaves.

???? Flowers: August – October (depending on variety)

????Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 0.45m (depending on variety)

???? Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

Available in 2l and 3L pots (depending on variety) 

Echinacea varieties

Echinaceas are a firm favourite of butterflies with its fantastic daisy Iike, bright flowers and orange centres. Flowering from July to– September, it’s a must have for your late flowering border.

???? Flowers: July – September (depending on variety)

????Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 1m (depending on variety)

???? Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

Available in 2l and 3L pots (depending on variety) 

 

Rudbeckia varieties

Rudbeckia varieties such as ‘Goldsturm’ are a great addition to a late sunny summer border and will look great planted amongst ornamental grasses.

???? Flowers: August – October (depending on variety)

????Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 075m (depending on variety)

???? Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

Available in 2l  pots (depending on variety) 

 

Agapanthus varieties

Globes of trumpet-shaped blue flowers on straight green stems that will last until September. They look fantastic in a pot or summer border.

???? Flowers: July – September (depending on variety)

????Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 0.6m (depending on variety)

???? Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

Available in 2l  pots (depending on variety) 

Verbena bonariensis

Tall branching stems with clusters of lilac-purple flowers from June to September ideal for the front or middle of a border in full sun.

???? Flowers: June – September (depending on variety)

????Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 2m  (depending on variety)

???? Soil: Fertile, well-drained soil

Available in 2l  pots (depending on variety) 

 

The Growers Choice: Cottage garden plants

The Growers Choice: Cottage garden plants

May 18th, 2021 by

Cottage style gardens are generally designed to include informal planting where the plants fill the air with beautiful scents; arches are filled with climbing roses, and borders full to the brim with a wide array of perennials and flowering shrubs.

Want to include cottage garden plants in your next garden design project? here are some of our favourites

1.Digitalis commonly known as foxgloves have been a cottage garden favourite for years with bell-shaped flowers available in an array of colours from pink to cream they are happy in a partial shade garden and are a favourite source of pollen for bees.

???? Flowers: June-July

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1m

???? Soil: moist, humus-rich soil

Available in 2L pots.

2. No cottage garden is complete without a Lupin, a popular choice for a traditional cottage garden with tapering spires available in shades of pink, purple, yellow, red and even mixed adding height to the back of a cottage garden border.

???? Flowers: June-July

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1.2m

???? Soil: fertile, well-drained, sandy soil

Available in 2L pots.

3.Roses are a great addition to a cottage garden, and in particular, climbing roses would look fantastic against a trellis, pergola or the walls of a house with some varieties adding fragrance to your garden.

???? Flowers: July – September

????Position: Full sun

???? Height: Dependent on variety

???? Soil: fertile, well-drained, moist soil

Available in 2L pots.

4. Lavender will add fragrance and colour to your cottage garden and will draw in the pollinators. A great addition to a path, or border. Place in a sunny, well-drained position for best results.

???? Flowers: July – September

????Position: Full sun

???? Height: Dependent on variety

???? Soil: fertile, well-drained soil

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L and 10L pots (depending on variety)

5. Geranium – A perfect plant doing well in partial shade to full sun, it’s great for underplanting or filling in any empty gaps in your border, adding beautiful purple flowers from June through to October.

???? Flowers: June – October

????Position: Sun – Partial Shade

???? Height: Up to 0.6m

???? Soil: fertile, well-drained soil.

6.Hydrangeas are another firm favourite with varieties producing large clusters of purple, pink, blue or white flowers in early summer.

???? Flowers: July – August

????Position: Sun – Partial Shade

???? Height: Depends on the variety

???? Soil: moist, well-drained, fertile soil

Other popular cottage garden plants include Alchemilla Mollis, Paeonia, Geranium, Phlox, Iris, Hollyhock, Dianthus, Delphinium and Heucheras. For more of our solutions click here

What to do in the garden during May

What to do in the garden during May

April 30th, 2021 by

Summer is on its way as temperatures increase and days get longer, herbaceous plants start to emerge, and the grass is getting longer, there’s plenty to be doing in the garden this month, check out our latest hints and tips for May put together by chairman and horticulturist, John Richardson.

1)Thoroughly water newly planted trees and shrubs, a really good occasional soak is better than frequent small doses of water. A generally balanced feed in mid-May will help new plantings. A subsequent mulch of crushed bark or compost will help to retain moisture.

2)Tie in new growth of clematis, roses, climbing hydrangeas, honeysuckle and other fast-growing climbers.

3)Complete the planting of bare-root and root-balled hedging this month, and ensure that previously planted hedges have not been displaced by wind. Water in again if conditions remain dry.

4)Give a final clip to established privet, Ivy and Lonicera nitida varieties, and give topiary a quick trim if it is beginning to appear unkempt. Check for nest-building birds before clipping.

5)Slugs will be on the attack this month, control by picking off by hand or using a biological control such as ‘Nemaslug’ or chemicals based on ferric phosphate.

6)Plant up hanging baskets this month, but don’t place outside until the prospect of frost is over. Add a water-retaining gel and long release fertilizer for a good show!

7)Trim lawn edges frequently when dry to develop a firm edge to the lawn, which will not sink when walked upon.

8)If you did not apply a weed killer to the lawn this spring, use the grass mowings to mulch trees and hedge plants.

9)Pick off the flower-heads of Rhododendrons and Azaleas as they die back. The flower head will break off easily if bent over just below the old flower head. This encourages the new growth to develop and will be helped with a much of leaf-mould.

10)Plants should be staked before they become too big and start to flop. Methods to use include pea sticks, bending the tops across to form a canopy or use upright canes around each clump with twine tied around the canes, or wire netting supported by canes in a cylinder around tall plants or extra tall plants tied to canes of the ultimate plant size.

11)When the danger of overnight frost has passed, purchase your bedding plant requirements. It is a good idea to check when the local parks plant out their summer bedding as a guide

12)As the weather warms up, ensure that glass areas are shaded and open during the day. To maintain humidity, damp down the paths and other surfaces with a hosepipe.

13)Dahlias may begin to sprout in mild conditions under glass, don’t plant out until the possibility of frost is past. Consider taking cuttings of the first shoots.

The Growers Guide: How to keep your box plants healthy

The Growers Guide: How to keep your box plants healthy

April 6th, 2021 by

Box plants (Buxus) are incredibly versatile and attractive plants in any garden or landscape. They provide high impact evergreen structures, and their slow growth is ideal for hedges and topiary.

Unfortunately, box plants in the UK are under attack from two serious problems; the box blight fungus and the box tree caterpillar. The good news is that with a small amount of care and attention, these problems can be managed.

Managing box blight

In the same way that rose growers can expect to encounter rose blackspot, box growers will inevitably encounter box blight at some point. The fungus (Cylindrocladium buxicola) is particularly problematic in mild wet weather.

Here are some simple steps you can take to reduce the impact of box blight:

  • Boost the vigour of the plant with a regular foliar feed such as Topbuxus Health mix. Vigorous healthy plants are better able to withstand disease.
  • Disinfect your tools before and after working in a garden with box plants.
  • Clip box hedges and topiary in dry weather between May and August. The sticky fungal spores are produced in damp conditions and are easily spread between plants on tools. Spores occur in the highest numbers in spring and autumn.
  • If you notice box blight, treat it promptly with a fungicide approved for use on ornamental plants1.
  • Infections on mature plants can be pruned out and disposed of. Box blight does not infect the roots of the plant, and the shoots will slowly regrow.
  • Apply a protectant fungicide in spring and autumn when the blight fungus is most likely to infect your plants. It can also be beneficial to apply a preventative fungicide before clipping box plants.
  • Sweep up and dispose of fallen box leaves (do not compost). The fungal spores can survive on fallen leaves for up to 6 years and act as a future infection source.
  • Encourage an open structure and looser form where possible. Tightly clipped plants are more prone to blight.
  • Ensure that plants are well spaced where possible and not covered by overhanging vegetation. Crowding creates humid conditions and encourages the box blight fungus to grow.
  • Avoid highly susceptible box varieties, including Buxus sempervirens ‘Suffruticosa’. Buxus microphylla ‘Faulkner’ appears to be less susceptible to box blight.

Managing the box tree caterpillar 

Here are some simple steps you can take to reduce the impact of the box tree moth:

  • Isolated caterpillars can be removed by hand. They often shelter between leaves and webbing so careful searching is needed.
  • Prune and dispose of shoot tips of infested plants in the winter. Young caterpillars overwinter between leaves in the shoot tips.
  • Extensive infestations can be treated with an insecticide. The caterpillar hides within silken webbing which means that insecticide sprays need to be forceful enough to penetrate the webbing and thoroughly coat the plant.
  • The natural biological insecticide Bacillus thuringiensis var kurstaki selectively kills caterpillars and is very effective in treating box tree caterpillar. This is available as a licenced professional product1.
  • Organic contact pesticides are effective but will need repeated applications. More persistent synthetic insecticides are also available.
  • The nematode biological control sold as ‘Fruit and Vegetable Protection’ has been shown to reduce caterpillar numbers.
  • Gardeners have seen jackdaws and bluetits feeding on the caterpillars. Encouraging wildlife may therefore have the added benefit of reducing box tree caterpillar populations.

Box alternatives 

If you would prefer not to think about box blight or box tree moth, many plants can be used as an alternative.

Traditional green replacements:

  • Ilex crenata
  • Euonymus japonicus
  • Pittosporum tenuifolium ‘Golf Ball’
  • Taxus baccata
  • Lonicera nitida ‘Maigrun’
  • Osmanthus x burkwoodii

Or something a bit different:

  • Lavandula angustifolia
  • Berberis darwinii
  • Photinia ‘Little Red Robin’
  • Pittosporum tenuifolium ‘Gold Star’

Please note that all professional chemicals should be applied by a licenced user and applied according to the label instructions. Chemicals should be tested initially on a small area of the plant to rule out adverse reactions. Alternating between two or more different fungicides can reduce the likelihood of the fungus becoming resistant.

For further ‘solutions’ for your next order click here

What to do in the garden during April

What to do in the garden during April

April 1st, 2021 by

Spring is officially here, and there’s plenty to be doing in the garden this month, from removing the old leaves of Hellebores to building raised beds for vegetables, and what better time to do this than over the extended Easter bank holiday?

1)  Prune early flowering shrubs such as Forsythia after flowering is over.

2)  Check that all the old leaves have been removed from flowering Hellebores.

3)  Divide primroses that are in good-sized clumps after they have finished flowering.

4)  Mow the lawn at frequent intervals as the grass begins to grow strongly. Apply a spring fertilizer dressing as the weather warms up.

5)  Ventilate greenhouses and cold frames as the days get warmer.

6)  If you are buying Growbags or bags of compost, check that they have this year’s date; out of date bags are renowned for providing poor results.

7)  Cut off dead hydrangea flowers down to the top 2 strongest growth buds.

8)  Apply weed and moss killer to established lawns.

9)  Complete the final pruning trim of roses, add fertilizer and a mulch to the base.

10)  Rake lawns to level worm casts, twigs and old grass before the first mowing.

11)  Make an early start looking out for dandelions, bindweed, etc., and dig them out. Check over the lawn for established perennial weeds before the grass hides them.

12)  Towards the end of the month, collect woody twigs to support perennials before they get too long and straggly.

13)  Trim lavenders and Santolinas to shape but do not cut back into the older wood.

14)  Propagate perennials such as Rudbeckias, Michaelmas daisies and Heleniums by division, save the younger, more active areas of the clump and throw away the old bits.

15)  Check stakes and ties of trees planted in the last two years. Stakes should still be sound, and the tree ties not strangling the tree. Ease the tie if necessary.

16)  Continue to dead-head spent daffodils and other winter flowering plants.

17)  Plant new raspberry canes in a weed-free area; it will be some years before lifting them.

18)  Build raised beds for easier vegetable production throughout the year.

19)  Lavateras need to be cut back hard to ensure a good flower display later in the season.

20)  Apply grass seed to areas of the lawn that appear rather thin; cover the seed with fleece for a few days to prevent the birds from stealing the seed.

The Growers Choice: Intruder proof hedging

The Growers Choice: Intruder proof hedging

March 26th, 2021 by

Do you require hedging that will act as a deterrent? these hedging varieties offer a fantastic deterring method that will help keep human and animal intruders away. A great alternative to a wall or fence.

Prunus spinosa

A prickly native hedging plant covered in thorns, great as a mixed native hedge with bright white flowers in Spring followed by green foliage and sloes which appear in Autumn. (Great for making Sloe Gin if you get to the sloes before the birds)

Available as a bare root transplant at 40-60cm tall up to 200cm tall and in container pots after the bare root season.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3.5m

???? Soil: any soil (except water-logged sites)

 

Crataegus monogyna

A popular native hedging plant is known for its large thorns which can be seen after its green leaves fall in Autumn. It is also known for its white scented flowers which can be seen in Spring.

Available in bare-root sizes from 40-60cm up to 200cm tall and in container pots after the bare root season.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 10 metres

???? Soil: any soil (except water-logged sites)

 

Berberis varieties 

Make a great intruder proof hedge due to its prickly foliage and are available in various colours and sizes as evergreens and deciduous varieties.

They are available In 2L and 10L pots.

 

Ilex aquifolium 

A variety that is known for its spikey dark, glossy, green leaves which make it a great intruder proof hedging variety.  Commonly known as Holly, this plant has an abundance of red berries during autumn and winter attracting birds to feast.

Available from a p9 pot up to a 20L.

???? Position: Full sun – Full shade

???? Height: Up to 12 metres +

???? Soil: normal, clay or chalk soils

 

Rosa canina 

A prickly native variety that is fast growing with pale pink flowers in Summer. Bright Red rose hips come autumn, which are attractive to birds.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 2 metres +

???? Soil: well-drained, fertile soil

Pyracantha varieties

Known for their colourful berries available in yellow, reds and oranges which will last from Autumn through to Spring if left untouched by birds. Great against a back wall these Pyracantha will stop intruders. Available potted throughout the year.

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 3 metres

???? Soil: well-drained, fertile soil

The Growers Choice: Hedging for shade

The Growers Choice: Hedging for shade

March 12th, 2021 by

Some plants can survive with only a few hours of sun a day, whether that be early morning or late evening. Shade can be caused by a number of reasons from buildings, walls, trees and of course, the gardens natural position. Below we have put some together a list of hedging varieties that can tolerate shade from Taxus to Ilex.

1.Taxus Baccata 

A dark green evergreen hedging variety with needle-like leaves, ideal for your garden project’s shaded location, this variety is commonly known as ‘Yew’. It is a popular variety often used in stately homes grounds and private gardens. This hedging variety is easy to trim and can be used to create shapes for a statement feature or simply cut to create a clean line.

Red berries are seen come Autumn, which are loved by birds but harmful to humans, pets and livestock if eaten. This slow-growing variety prefers fertile, well-drained soil.

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes and as a rootball from November – March (all sizes subject to availability)

????Flowers: April

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 20 metres

???? Soil: well-drained, fertile soil

2. Ilex aquifolium 

A variety that is known for its spikey dark, glossy, green leaves which make it a great intruder proof hedging variety.  Commonly known as Holly, this plant has an abundance of red berries during autumn and winter attracting birds to feast.

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes and as a rootball from November – March (all sizes subject to availability)

???? Position: Full sun – Full shade

???? Height: Up to 12 metres +

???? Soil: normal, clay or chalk soils

3. Buxus sempervirens

Are a great low growing hedging plant that only requires clipping once or twice a year. Perfect for edging a path or border these hedging plants will only grow 10-20cm per year. Buxus is often used in a formal garden and is great shaped. Plant in partial shade for best results.

???? Position: Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 5 metres

???? Soil: well-drained, fertile soil

Available in 1.5L, 2L,  3L, 5L, 10L +pot sizes  and as cones and balls  (all sizes subject to availability)

4. Aucuba japonica ‘Crotonifolia

This plant is full of thick glossy green leaves with pale yellow splashes and is particularly popular in shady areas of the garden where little else will grow. A great plant to create a dense hedge.

???? Position:  Sun – Full shade

???? Height: Up to 3 metres

???? Soil: Most soil types (except waterlogged or alkaline soils)

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes (all sizes subject to availability)

5. Prunus Rotundifolia 

A vigorous, dense evergreen shrub suitable for almost all locations. Large, glossy green leaves make this a go-to plant above other Prunus varieties.  Its density makes it ideal for screening for privacy, and it is a great barrier to noise and wind. Commonly known as laurel, this hedging variety grows up to 60cm per year and is relatively happy in most soil conditions.

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes and as rootball and bare-root plants from November – March (all sizes subject to availability)

????Flowers: April

???? Position: Full sun – full shade

???? Height: Up to 5 metres

???? Soil: well-drained, moist soil, do not plant in shallow chalk

6. 3. Elaeagnus x ebbingei

A tough evergreen shrub with dark green leaves with a silver speckle and attractive silver underside. This robust evergreen variety is ideal for a shady, dry, windy seaside site.

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pots. (all sizes subject to availability)

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 4 metres

???? Soil: fertile, well-drained

Other plants to consider as shaded hedging varieties include: Berberis, Pyracantha and Leylandii.

Unsure how many you need to plant per m? check out our hedging guide here

The Growers Choice: Hedging for small gardens

The Growers Choice: Hedging for small gardens

March 11th, 2021 by

In small gardens, most people favour a wall or fence, however, there are plants that can create privacy or a boundary without taking over too much room, here’s just a few of our favourite hedging plants for small gardens below.

1. Taxus baccata is a dark, evergreen low growing hedging plant that creates a dense screen in a garden they can be clipped back to keep a low formal hedge and will grow in sun to partial shade.

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes and as a rootball from November – March

????Flowers: April

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 20 metres

???? Soil: well-drained, fertile soil

2. Ilex crenata – This evergreen hedging variety is a great alternative to Buxus hedging, resistant to box blight and not prone to leaf scorch when pruned. It can be kept as a small neat hedge and would make a great addition to a path or border.

????Flowers: May

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 5 metres

???? Soil: well-drained, fertile soil

Available in 2L and 5L pots and other sizes subject to availability 

3. Lavender Hidcote – why not choose a lavender plant for a scented small hedge, Perfect for the edge of a path or small hedge at the front of a garden. This plant will also attract pollinators to your garden. Head to our pollinator-friendly plants guide for more bee loving plant varieties.

????Flowers: July – September

???? Position: Full sun

???? Height: Up to 0.6 metres

???? Soil: well-drained, fertile soil

4. Buxus sempervirens are a great low growing hedging plant that only requires clipping once or twice a year. Perfect for edging a path or border these hedging plants will only grow 10-20cm per year. Buxus is often used in a formal garden and is great shaped. (see our Buxus alternative blog post if you are concerned about box blight)

???? Position: Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 5 metres

???? Soil: well-drained, fertile soil

5. Euonymus ‘Jean Hughes’ is a fantastic dense, compact shrub that can be used in borders and hedging, a great new alternative to Buxus.

????Flowers: July – September

???? Position:  Sun- Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 1m

???? Soil: moist normal soil

6. Hebe ‘Red Edge’ – A small evergreen shrub that will make an attractive low hedging variety in full sun – partial shade.

???? Position: Full sun – Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 045m

???? Soil: moist, well-drained slightly alkaline soil

For more advise on plants for certain locations, head to our solutions page here

The Growers Choice: Plants for shade

The Growers Choice: Plants for shade

March 11th, 2021 by

Some projects and gardens arent always blessed with full sun positions, the good news is that there’s plenty of shade-loving plants that we supply from Vinca to Helleborus, see eight of our top-selling shade plants below.

Vinca Minor – A great low growing spreading ground cover with lavender-purple flowers flowering from April to September – great for suppressing weeds and great at the front of a border in partial shade.

???? Flowers: April – September

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.2 metres

???? Soil: Very dry soil

Available in 2L pots.

2. Hostas do great in partial shade and thrive in damp soil conditions but be sure to keep the slugs and snails away which create holes in the leaves. The darker the foliage of the hosta the better it will do in the shade.

???? Flowers: July-August

????Position: Partial or full shade

???? Height: Up to 1m (depends on the variety)

???? Soil: moist, well drained soil.

Available in 2L and 5L pots.

3. Anemone ‘Honorine Jobert’ – Great to add a splash of colour at the end of summer into mid-autumn. These Anemone will flower from August to October and grow up to 120cm tall. Best at the back or the middle of a border.

???? Flowers: August – October

????Position: Sun – Partial Shade

???? Height: Up to 1.2m

???? Soil: moist, well drained soil.

Available in 2L, 3L and 5L pots (subject to availability) 

4. Geranium Rozanne – A perfect plant doing well in partial shade to full sun, it’s great for underplanting or filling in any empty gaps in your border, adding beautiful purple flowers from June through to September.

???? Flowers: June – October

????Position: Sun – Partial Shade

???? Height: Up to 0.6m

???? Soil: fertile, well drained soil.

Available in 2L, 3L and 5L pots (subject to availability) 

5. Ferns – Not only are ferns low maintenance, but they also thrive in a shady spot. Try Dryopteris filix-mas or Polystichum setiferum for your shady planting plan.

????Position: Partial Shade

???? Height: Up to 1m + (depending on variety)

???? Soil: moist, rich soil

6. Brunnera Jack Frost – I absolutely love the silvery foliage of a Brunnera ‘Jack Frost’. They would look great next to tiarellas, heucheras and ferns. Plant at the front of your shady border.

???? Flowers: April-May

????Position: Partial Shade

???? Height: 0.4m

???? Soil: fertile, humus-rich, moist soil

 

7. Helleborus  – A great winter/spring addition to your shaded spot in a garden that will provide a much-needed source of pollen for bees and butterflies once they come out of hibernation.

???? Flowers: January – February

????Position: Partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.3 metres

???? Soil: Neutral to alkaline soil

Available in 2L pots.

8. Astrantia – Are a great addition to a shaded area of the garden including under trees or in a shaded border.

???? Flowers: June to August

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.75 metres

???? Soil: Fertile, moist, humus rich soil

Available in 2L pots.

Head over to our solutions page for more of ‘The Growers Choice’ here

The Growers Choice: Plants and Trees for pollinators

The Growers Choice: Plants and Trees for pollinators

March 11th, 2021 by

With the decline of bees and butterflies, we thought we would share some of our favourite pollinator-friendly plants and trees for spring, summer and autumn along with some tips.

Tips

  • Always grow a mixture of plants that will provide year-round interest for pollinators.
  • Try to stick to single flowers. Double or multi petalled flowers hide pollen and nectar.
  • Go organic and avoid pesticides
  • Put up nest sites and bug hotels for solitary bees.
  • Provide water for pollinators.
  • Allow lawn weeds to flower by cutting less often.

Spring plants and trees for pollinators

In a warmer spring, butterflies and bees start emerging from their autumn/winter hibernation and rely on pollen and nectar to survive. These trees and plants are pollinator-friendly for this specific season:

Helleborus (Christmas rose) – a great winter/spring addition to your shaded spot in a garden that will provide a much-needed source of pollen for bees and butterflies once they come out of hibernation.

Mahonia ‘Winter Sun’ – this plant is found covered in bees during early spring. Their bright yellow flowers appear from November to March and are happiest when placed in full or partial shade.

Apple and crab apple trees – these trees rely on pollinators, without them, the trees would not bear fruit. The beautiful blossom from these varieties, such as Malus Domestica, provide a much-needed spring feast for bees.

Salix caprea (Goat/ Pussy willow) – another one that is hugely important to providing an early source of pollen for pollinators is this tree thanks to its golden catkins that come out in March. A popular variety for queen bees, and mining bees.

Crocus – Bumblebees are often seen not only collecting the pollen but sheltering inside the flower overnight.

Summer plants for pollinators

Moving into the summer season, these plant varieties are great options for pollinators to use during the warmer months of the year.

Echinacea’s (coneflower) – a great option for bees and butterflies as they pump out as much nectar in the morning as the afternoon, unlike other plant varieties.

Buddleia (butterfly bush) – the clue is in the name with this one as this really is covered in butterflies come June a great addition to a sunny border.

Lavender – an obvious (and popular) one as it has been loved by pollinators for hundreds of years. Place it in a sunny, dry and well-drained position.

Digitalis (foxgloves) – its bell-shaped flowers are very popular with bees, especially the bumblebee. Plant these in dappled shade for it to grow well.

Geraniums – this plant has a long blooming season which makes it a great addition to the garden for bees. Choose varieties such as Geranium Johnsons blue that will flower through to September.

Verbena – a plant that produces lots of nectar from July to October, they are loved by hoverflies, butterflies, bees and even dragonflies – a great addition to the middle or back of a border.

Salvias – Salvias are a real magnet to bees, butterflies and even hummingbirds with some varieties flowering from late spring through to Autumn, a great source of nectar for pollinators.

Escallonia ‘Pink Elle’ – Last summer our Escallonia ‘Pink Elle’ were full of butterflies from June through to August. Escallonia’s not only looked great in summer but their dark glossy foliage looks great throughout the year.

Autumn plants and trees for pollinators

Moving into the colder end of the year for a change of seasons brings another round of trees and plants that are great for pollinators in the autumn.

Sedum Autumn Joy – this will flower from late summer into early autumn where they are frequently visited by butterflies and bees.

Hedera (Ivy) – this is vital in helping to aid bees in the late season with its mature plants flowering in October and November.

Anemone Honorine Jobert – an option that will not only brighten up that shaded part of your garden but a favourite of bees as it flowers from August to October.

Heptacodium miconoides – with clusters of white flowers, this tree provides a great source of pollen from September to November when other varieties have stopped flowering.

The Growers Choice: Ground cover plants

The Growers Choice: Ground cover plants

March 8th, 2021 by

Ground cover plants are a great addition to open landscapes and gardens of all sizes by filling in gaps and brightening up bare patches beneath trees. Here’s a list of some of our favourite groundcover plants.

Alchemilla Mollis

Show off their rounded light green leaves with green-yellow small flowers. It thrives positioned in full sun or partial shade, growing up to 1.5 metres. Flowering from June to September, it is an easy-to-use perennial making it a favourable option for ground cover in borders.

???? Flowers: June – September

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.6 metres

???? Soil: Hummus-rich soil

Available in 2L and 5L pots. 

Vinca Minor

One of our favourite ground cover plants is the evergreen Vinca Minor. It is well-known for its capability in ground-covering flaunting its star-like blue flowers which can be seen from April to September. Planting the Vinca Minor in very dry soil exposed to full sun or partial shade will allow them to flourish.

???? Flowers: April – September

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.2 metres

???? Soil: Very dry soil

Available in 2L pots.

Persicaria ‘Darjeeling Red’

Is a semi-evergreen perennial, well-known for its crimson upright flowers. It can be seen in the Autumn months from September to November, growing up to half a metre tall. For best results, soil moisture must be moist but well-drained.

???? Flowers: September – November

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 0.5 metres

???? Soil: Moist but well-drained

Available in 2L and 5L pots.

Waldsteinia Ternata

Is a semi-evergreen perennial with yellow flowers standing out against their dark green foliage. They work well alongside a path or when used for edging a border under a tree or banking. Flowering in Spring and Summer, they will require full to partial shade in most types of soil.

???? Flowers: April – June

????Position: Full shade – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 10cm 

???? Soil: Moist but well-drained

Available in 2L pots.

Cornus Canadensis

Also known as Creeping Dogwood, blossom white flowers in late Spring to early Summer followed by clusters of bright red berries in Autumn once the flowers have faded. They are best grown in full sun to partial shade.

???? Flowers: May – June 

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

???? Height: Up to 10cm

???? Soil: Moist but well-drained

Available in 2L pots.

Hedera Hibernica

An evergreen, climbing plant which thrives in most soil types and can be used for ground cover once the shoots are pinned down. It is fast-growing so will require more attention than other ground cover varieties to stop them from growing out of control.

???? Flowers: October – November

????Position: Full sun – full shade

???? Height: Up to 10 metres

???? Soil: Alkaline moist but well-drained soil

Available in 2L pots.

For further solutions for your garden head to ‘the growers choice’ section of our website here

What to do in the garden during March

What to do in the garden during March

March 2nd, 2021 by

March Garden Reminders 

Spring is on the way and by mid-March it will be light until 6 pm, allowing additional time for garden tasks. check out this month’s hints and tips put together by our chairman and horticulturist John Richardson.

1) Prune decorative Cornus and Salix to within 5cm of the old shoots to encourage next year’s coloured winter stems. Don’t prune ‘Midwinter Fire’ types too hard.

2)Use sharp shears to trim winter-flowering heathers as flowers fade away, trim to just below the bottom flowers.

3) Arrange to plant summer flowering bulbs when planting condition is good. (Our cash & carry have a great range in-store at the moment)

4) Finish pruning perennials that have not yet been cut back, don’t remove new green shoots.  It is still time to lift and divide large herbaceous clumps.  Re-plant or give away the outer sections of the clump and destroy the centre of the plant.

5) Wait until Laburnums and Hawthorn are in full flower before planting out tender plants such as dahlias, begonias, fuchsias and pelargoniums.

6) Hellebores are now very popular, lift seedlings around parent plant and pot up.

7) Start preparing window boxes, always starting with new soil or compost.  Pot up using hardy annuals by the end of the month, tender annuals should not be planted until all possibility of frost is past.

8) Forsythia will be in full flower this month. As the flower goes over, reduce older woody shoots by 25% and give a good much to ensure growth during the summer.

9) New shrubs and herbaceous plants can be planted when soil conditions are good.

10) Finish pruning soft fruit bushes by mid-month and give a high nitrogen feed.

11) Lawns may require the first light cut towards the end of the month. Ensure that you brush off worm casts beforehand to prevent dulling the mower blades, and it may well, be worth-while not collecting the cutting so that a light mulch is left on the lawn.

12) Apply a spring dressing of fertilizer high in nitrogen, medium potash towards the end of the month.

13) When daffodils have flowered, remove dead heads to conserve energy.

14) Prune strong growing Buddleias down to about 45cm for a good show by summer. Prune to 60-80cm for a denser but weaker overall growth.

Check out our gardening calendar for further hints and tips here 

The Growers Choice: Evergreen Hedging

The Growers Choice: Evergreen Hedging

February 24th, 2021 by

Evergreen hedging provides leaf cover 365 days of the year, providing a natural screen to bring privacy and structure to your landscaping project.

We have a wide range of evergreen hedging plants available, from Prunus rotundifolia to Cupressus Leylandii. Our selection of evergreen hedging plants includes colourful foliage to fast-growing varieties.

See a selection of our favourite evergreen hedging varieties below.

Photinia ‘Red Robin’

A versatile evergreen shrub that can be used for hedging, trained against a wall and even used as a ½ std tree once trained. It is happy in most fertile soils, in either a sunny or shaded position. If you wish to encourage its strong red growth and more flowers, it will be better planted in a full sun position. White flowers appear by April and into May once the plant is better established. We have found Photinia ‘Red ‘Robin’ to become ‘leggy’ over time if it is not properly maintained and left to run away with themselves, they can grow up to 4m tall and up to 4 m wide.

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes and as a rootball from November – March

????Flowers: April – May

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

????Height: Up to 4 metres

????Soil: well-drained, fertile soil

Prunus Rotundifolia 

A vigorous, dense evergreen shrub suitable for almost all locations. Large, glossy green leaves make this a go-to plant above other Prunus varieties.  Its density makes it ideal for screening for privacy, and it is a great barrier to noise and wind. Commonly known as laurel, this hedging variety grows up to 60cm per year and is relatively happy in most soil conditions.

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes and as a rootball and bare root plants from November – March

????Flowers: April

???? Position: Full sun – full shade

???? Height: Up to 5 metres

????Soil: well-drained, moist soil, do not plant in shallow chalk

Taxus Baccata 

A dark green evergreen hedging variety with needle-like leaves, ideal for your garden project’s shaded location, this variety is commonly known as ‘Yew’. It is a popular variety often used in stately homes grounds and private gardens. This hedging variety is easy to trim and can be used to create shapes for a statement feature or simply cut to create a clean line.

Red berries are seen come Autumn, which are loved by birds but harmful to humans, pets and livestock if eaten. This slow-growing variety prefers fertile, well-drained soil.

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes and as a rootball from November – March

????Flowers: April

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

????Height: Up to 20 metres

????Soil: well-drained, fertile soil

Prunus Lusitanica

Also known as Portuguese laurel, boast luscious dark green glossy leaves on deep maroon stems with small, fragrant white flowers in the summer which are loved by pollinators and red berries in the autumn which are very popular with birds.

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

????Height: Up to 15 metres

????Soil: well-drained, moist soil, do not plant in shallow chalk

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes and as a rootball from November – March

Cupressus Leylandii

Is one of the fastest evergreen hedging varieties that can grow up to 3ft per year with its eventual height reaching up to 12m. Great as a windbreak, general barrier and for noise reduction. Regular clipper in summer and autumn can help achieve a dense formal hedge.

????Position: Full sun – partial shade

????Height: Up to 12 metres

???? Soil: well-drained soil

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes

Grisellina littoralis 

A great hedging plant for a seaside retreat with large glossy, apple green ovate leaves. Grow in moist well-drained soil in a sheltered sunny spot for best results.

????Position: Full sun

????Height: Up to 12 metres

????Soil: well-drained soil

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L, 10L + pot sizes

Not sure how many hedging plants you need per meter? head over to our hedging guide here

What to do in the garden during February 2021

What to do in the garden during February 2021

February 5th, 2021 by

The February forecast predicts lots of on and off snow showers for the start of the month, so here are our top tips on what to do on snow days and beyond.

1) Remove original stakes from trees which are now well established. It may well be worth sawing them off at ground level rather than disturbing the root zone by trying to wriggle them loose.

2)Check that all establish cotoneaster, poplar, willow, standard roses etc., and other plants with tree ties are not too tight, and showing signs of strangulation!

3) Take hardwood cuttings of Forsythia, Deutzia, Honeysuckle, Jasmine, Virginia creeper, Holly, Privet, Cotoneaster, Poplar, Willow, Gooseberries, Blackcurrants etc.

4) On days when snow and frost make work in the garden difficult, build a bird table with a flat base and a roof over it. Try preventing squirrels from reaching the table by fixing a biscuit tin inverted immediately under the table. A rim around the table will help contain seed but leave a gap for sweeping out.

5) Pot up or transplant last year’s hardwood cuttings.

6) Cut bushy Eucalyptus back to within 2-3” of the main stem to stimulate a flush of bushy growth.

7) Divide and replant Snowdrops ‘in the green’ as the flowers go over.

8) Plant a selection of dogwoods and willows with bright stem colours in an area that looks dismal and uninteresting in winter.

9) Now is a good time to do a soil test to identify the acidity or otherwise of your garden, this will help not only in your choice of plants to grow, but also any fertilizers you may wish to use.

10) Finish winter pruning of woody plants this month, first principles are to remove dead and diseased stems, then crossing branches, followed by a reduction in the height of the main stems in the case of roses.

11) Plant container-grown perennials towards the end of the month for an early start to the spring. If large plants, consider carefully dividing them before planting, we all enjoy getting a bit extra at no cost !!

12) Clean out and sterilize with boiling water all existing bird nesting boxes and erect new ones. Continue to feed the birds!

13) If the weather warms up, take the opportunity to prepare compost and boxes for sowing half-hardy annuals by the end of the month. You should have a heat source available for cold nights and early sowings.

14) Cut back Clematis Jackmanii and C. Viticella groups to about 30cm.  Pyracanthas should be pruned to within 2 buds of the main frame except for required extensions, if not already done last autumn.

15) Prune shrub roses towards the end of this month to encourage growth from the base. Remove some old shoots but do not reduce the height too much as they tend to flower on older wood.

16) As Hamamelis species finish flowering, prune out branches that are crossing, in order to stimulate new growth.

17) Complete the cutting back of overgrown hedges this month. Also, make sure that the bottoms of existing hedges are cleaned out before the new growth commences.

18) Divide ferns and repot for rapid establishment. Start dahlias into growth for the production of early cuttings. Place the tubers in a peat type compost, and keep them moist in a temp. of around 13-18 deg. C

Winter Interest Plants - five of our favourites

Winter Interest Plants – five of our favourites

January 18th, 2021 by

Winter is full of hidden gems in the plant world from bright coloured stems to attractive buds, so we thought we would share five of our favourites.

Cornus

Cornus varieties offer great interest throughout the year but in particular during the winter months when their bare stems are visible in fiery shades of red-orange and yellow.

For best results plant in moist moderately fertile soil in a full sun position to attain the best colour.

Popular varieties we sell include Cornus alba ‘Sibrica’, Cornus  ‘Flaviramea’ and Cornus sanguinea ‘Midwinter Fire’ we have a great selection from a 2L to a 10L pot.

Skimmia

Skimmia Rubella is a firm favourite with their fantastic dark green elliptic leaves with panicles of redbuds showing in winter and fabulous white fragrant flowers in early spring.

Plant in partial shade in neutral to acidic soil for best results. Avoid planting in full sun, which can cause yellowing to the leaves. A perfect addition to a patio pot or border.

Choose varieties such as Skimmia Rubella, Skimmia Finchy and Skimmia reevesiana.

Helleborus

Hellebores are compact, clump-forming perennials with dark green, leathery leaves and stunning flowers.

A tremendous shade-loving border plant that will brighten up your garden when little else is flowering from December – March.

It would help if you planted in partial to full shade for best results and cut back old leaves in January – February to show off new flowers.

Hamamelis

Hamamelis plants are covered in branches of distinctive, spider-like, fragrant flowers in red, yellow, and orange shades from January to early spring.

Whilst slow growing this plant variety can become a large spreading shrub or small tree. A fantastic specimen plant that will make a great addition to the middle or back of a border.

Plant in well-drained, neutral acid soil in full sun to partial shade for best results.

Evergreen Viburnums such as tinus are a great shrub for winter interest with dark green leaves and clusters of tiny white flowers from December to April.

A great low maintenance easy to grow shrub which can brighten a part shaded area of the garden when little else is flowering.

Happiest in fertile, moist, well drained soil positioned in full sun – partial shade.

What to do in the garden this January - 2021

What to do in the garden this January – 2021

January 5th, 2021 by

Another year has been and gone and with another lockdown just announced there’s plenty of jobs you can be doing in the garden this month.

Check out our January garden reminders put together by horticulturalist and Chairman, John Richardson.

1) In rock gardens and raised beds to ensure that fallen leaves have been removed in order to prevent Botrytis as they rot down.

2) Brush snow off conifers and heathers if there is heavy snowfall, in order to prevent branches being broken.

3) Plant some lilies in deep pots and keep in the greenhouse ready for transfer to the flower border when the flowers develop.

4) Make sure the hellebores have been tidied up with the removal of all the old leaves to make way for the new flowers, which will arise very shortly.

5) When the weather is too cold to do much else, turn the compost heap sides to middle and top to bottom in order to ensure the compost is evenly rotted down.

6) Continue to plant new fruit trees and bushes when conditions allow and apply a 12cm thick mulch of well-rotted compost to the root zone, allowing a 10cm space between compost and the trunk or stems to prevent future stem rot.

7) Take root cuttings of a wide range of plant species by lifting the root system and selecting a few roots the thickness of a little finger and 8-10cm long. Cut the top horizontal and the base diagonal to prevent confusion. Plant in the compost a couple of cms. below the surface and cover with approx. 2cm of sharp sand. Place in a cold frame or frost-free glasshouse for the rest pf the winter. New shoots should begin to appear in early spring.

8) Spray fruit trees and bushes with a tar-oil winter wash to kill overwintered aphid eggs. Do not spray in frosty or windy weather and protect evergreens or lawns in the area as they are subject to being burned by the spray. It will also kill moss and lichen.

9) Prune wisterias, cutting back all but required extension shoots. The reason for the 2-stage pruning is to concentrate nutrients in the shoots to aid the formation of flower buds.

10) Mid-winter is the best time to take chrysanthemum cuttings as they root easily.

11) Prune established fruit trees other than damsons and cherries. Prune newly planted fruit trees to shape and reduce leading shoots by half.

12) Dead-head winter flowering pansies to ensure they continue to flower freely.

13) If you need to move a shrub which has outgrown its space, dig around the plant with a vertical spade to a depth of 45-60cm and then use the spade to cut under the roots from all sides until the rootball is free. Ease a piece of thick polythene under the root system and drag it out of the hole, to its new location. Once firmly in place, fill backspace around the rootball, firm the soil by treading it in, and water thoroughly to eliminate air pockets.

14) Prune out old fruiting canes on autumn fruiting raspberries down to soil level. Remove a quarter of the old branches to the base to encourage strong new growth.

15) Before you start clearing leaves or forking over bare areas check for bulbs which have started growing and are just below the surface.

16) Check the plant labels on plants around the garden, many will have faded or broken.

17)Now the garden is bare, take an objective look around from all angles and consider if an ornament, seating or a structure of some sort would add to the interest.

18) If hard weather is forecast, wrap up tender plants such as Agapanthus in bracken or straw for added protection.

19) Mark areas in which bulbs come into flower with twigs so that future cultivations can be made safely. They will be easier to find if you wish to move them at a later date.

Click here to view other hints and tips for the rest of the year

December 2020 Gardening Reminders

December 2020 Gardening Reminders

December 2nd, 2020 by

Check out our gardening reminders for the month of December put together by chairman and horticulturist John Richardson.

1.After long periods of November rain, often heavy, fallen leaves have become a congealed mass on lawns and many garden corners,  try and clear them away to the compost heap before they start to rot and affect so many plants such as herbaceous, alpines, low growing shrubs and plants in containers.

2.Any plants which are now too big for their location or ‘in the wrong place’ can be safely moved, and the soil in December is usually warm enough to stimulate the production of new roots. Stake tall new plants to prevent wind rock until well-rooted and reduce their size if appropriate.

3.Place undercover any tender plants which have been overlooked earlier in the autumn and ensure that such plants growing in the ground are wrapped in straw and hessian, polythene is not the best material as it prevents air from getting to the plant.

4.If you intend to get on with the winter digging, cover a suitable area with polythene so that the ground is not waterlogged when you wish to dig.

5.Clean moss and lichens from paths and walls. There are several commercial brands of cleaner available, but bleach is equally as good. A power washer will make light work of the job, which is impressive when completed!

6.Lower temperatures and frost is forecast, make sure your bird feeding stations are clean and regularly refilled.  The same applies to an accessible water supply. Remember, cooked food as opposed to birdseed may well attract vermin.

7.with long periods of rain expected, don’t forget to put a glass or plastic sheet over your alpine plants to keep off the majority of the rain.

8.Now is a good time to plant roses, heel then in if soil conditions are not suitable for immediate planting.

9.Before planting trees and shrubs ensure roots are moist by soaking in a bucket or similar.

10. This month is a good time to prune Birch and Acers.  Trim the lawn edges for a quick lift!

11. Check apples and other stored fruits for signs of rotting and throw out damaged fruit for the birds. Remove mummified fruits from the apple trees.

12. Start Amaryllis (Hippeastrum) bulbs into growth urgently if required to flower by Christmas.

13. Tidy up the greenhouse during inclement weather, and also prune glasshouse grown grapevines.

14. Be ready to plant tulip bulbs after the middle of the month to reduce tulip disease (Tulip Fire).

15. Insulate with bubble-wrap and hessian those plant containers which are to be left outside over winter, in order to prevent the pots cracking in frosty periods.

16. Thoroughly clean and grease the lawnmower and sharpen or replace the blades.

17. The earlier any winter digging can be done, the better, as this allows rain, snow, frost and ice to break down clods of soil and make cultivation in the spring so much easier.

 

November 2020 Gardening Reminders

November 2020 Gardening Reminders

November 5th, 2020 by

Check out our latest gardening reminders for November 2020 put together by chairman and horticulturist John Richardson.

1)  There is a current move towards ‘no digging’ on vegetable plots, which firstly involves digging the area to double depth (double digging) and incorporating organic matter throughout both areas in order to cultivate an area of really deep soil. This will encourage the increase of worms and other creatures by applying an annual top dressing of organic matter or ‘compost’ which will be taken down into the soil. Small paths should be made across the area so that it is not necessary to walk on the growing area in the future for either cultivations, harvesting or other reasons, and thus prevent soil compaction.

 

2)  The recent wind and rain have caused the sudden defoliation of almost all deciduous trees. Collect the leaves and store them in a cage made of wire netting around four wooden stakes. You will have perfect compost by next autumn, and you can also incorporate the trimmings from herbaceous plants. If you intend to incorporate twigs and small branches, these are best put through a shredder before incorporation.

 

3)  Be sure to check for hibernating animals in bonfires to be lit over winter.

 

4)  Lift and store dahlias if not done already, alternatively, protect the tubers by a good surface mulch.

 

5)  Clear out bird boxes and sterilise them with boiling water.

 

6)  Plant winter bedding such as wallflowers, pansies, primulas etc.

 

7)  Lift and divide rhubarb crowns ensuring that each division has a good crown. Replant when soil conditions allow.  Divided crowns will survive for at least a month in the open without further protection.

 

8)  Start Amaryllis (Hippeastrum) bulbs into growth urgently if required to flower by Christmas.

 

9)  Tidy up the greenhouse during inclement weather, and also prune glasshouse grown grape vines.

 

10) Be ready to plant tulip bulbs after the middle of the month.

 

11)  Put grease bands (available from garden centres) around the trunks of apple trees against female winter moth caterpillars which climb the trunk when hibernation is completed..

 

12)  If weather is mild and the grass still growing, give the lawn a final cut with the blades set relatively high, and remove fallen leaves to prevent bare patches in the spring.

 

13) Insulate with bubble-wrap and hessian those plant containers which are to be left outside over winter. in order to prevent the pots cracking in frosty periods.

 

14) Thoroughly clean and grease the lawnmower and sharpen or replace the blades.

 

15) Prepare chrysanthemum stools, dahlia tubers and gladioli corms for protective winter storage.

 

16) On a fine afternoon have a walk around the garden and make a note of what has done really well, and also not so well so that when the time comes to replant the borders you will have a good idea of what will be successful!  Why not have a visit to Harlow Carr gardens or one of the other splendid gardens in the area, and make a note of which plants you are really motivated by?

 

17) Hang protective fleece out to dry before placing in storage for next year.

 

18) The earlier any winter digging can be done, the better, as this allows rain, snow, frost and ice to break down clods of soil and make cultivations in the spring so much easier.

October 2020 Gardening Reminders

October 2020 Gardening Reminders

October 6th, 2020 by

Check out our latest gardening reminders for October 2020 put together by chairman and horticulturist John Richardson.

1) Take hardwood cuttings from shrubs and fruit bushes, lift and divide rhubarb crowns when the leaves have died away.

2) With only 50-65mm of rain expected in October in the north, together with a number of sunny days, try and make a start on some of the winter jobs completed before the real winter weather sets in. Dispose of fallen apples as they will not store and may carry over disease if left outside.

3) Collect seeds of those plants you wish to increase. Store dry seeds in paper bags in an airtight container on the bottom shelf of the fridge. If unsure when to sow, sow half the seed on the collection and the other half in spring.

4) Frequently collect fallen leaves from around the garden and store in a wire-netting mesh bin using four wooden posts at the corners. Filled in October and November you should have a rich compost by next autumn. Do not leave fallen leaves on the lawn.

5) Clear leaves from around all alpine plants. If they are to be left outside, provide the protection of a cold frame, or even a glass or plastic cloche, to prevent plants becoming waterlogged.

6) When the foliage is dropping from tall shrubs such as Buddleias and Lavatera, cut them back to half the height to which they will be pruned in the spring, which will prevent winter gale damage.

7) It is fine to plant Daffodils and many other spring-flowering bulbs this month, but leave tulip bulbs until November to reduce the incidence of Tulip Fire disease.

8) Move non-hardy plants grown in containers e.g figs, olives, bay trees and palms, under the shelter of a greenhouse or sunroom.

9) Apply grease bands around the trunks of apple trees as a barrier to winter moths. Apply the correct grease the trees with rough or smooth bark. Rake up leaves around rose bushes to prevent Black Spot being carried over to next year.

10) Berries are popular with birds in winter, but they dislike yellow ones such as viburnum, Holly and Pyracantha.

11) Remove any shading applied to glasshouse roofs and fit bubble insulation to the sides.

12) Plant up containers with winter bedding such as pansies, violas, polyanthus, variegated ivy, bulbs and Conifers etc.

13) Clean out ponds and remove water pumps for the winter.

14) Give conifer hedges a final trim, and finish planting evergreen shrubs whilst the soil is still warm.

15) Raise the blades on the lawnmower a little now that growth has slowed significantly.

September 2020 Gardening Reminders

September 2020 Gardening Reminders

September 1st, 2020 by

Check out our latest gardening reminders for September 2020 put together by chairman and horticulturist John Richardson.

1) If you have heavy soil, dig over the garden borders as bedding plants need to be removed. This will make digging easier as the soil will not be at full water capacity as in later months.

2) Now is the time to make yourself a good big compost bin, just before you really need it! Ideally, use 4 stakes as corners 1 metre apart in a square and staple wire netting (1 metre deep) around the square. This affords easy entry when you wish to empty it, or it can be made bigger or smaller at will. If you would like a permanent one, use pressure-treated plywood or boards instead of netting.

3) On a fine evening have a walk around the garden and make a note of what has done really well, and also not so well, so that when the time comes to replant the borders you will have a good idea of what will be successful! Why not have a visit to Harlow Carr gardens or one of the other splendid gardens in the area, and make a note of which plants you are really motivated by?

4) Towards the end of the month and into October is the best time to move evergreens as the soil is still warm and new roots will take hold before winter. Make sure the planting hole is big enough so the plant is at the same depth as before, firm soil back around the root-ball and water in well.

5) Keep dead-heading the best flowering plants to encourage new flowers and stop them from setting seed.

6) Take hardwood cuttings of your favourite roses. Ideal cuttings are about pencil thickness and 30cm long, remove the top 8cm of young growth down to just above a bud. Cut the bottom of the stem at about 2-3mm below a bud and trim off all the leaves with the exception of the top 3 sets of leaves.Make a slot with a spade in an area of good soil and push in the cuttings (base first!) so that about one third remains above ground. If the soil is heavy, run some sharp sand down the planting slot to improve drainage. The cuttings should be ready to plant out next autumn.

7) Complete the lifting of last season’s bulbs and dry them off naturally in light woven sacks for maximum ventilation.

8) Prune rambler roses when they have finished flowering.

9) Now is the time to sort out your bulb order to give you maximum choice. Bulb catalogues are now really helpful and a pleasure to look at. Planting early has benefits for all bulbs, but leave tulips until late November in order to prevent disease infection.

10) New construction such as rock gardens or raised beds started this month should be completed before the days get too short and the soil has become wet.

11) Crocosmias form large mounds of roots and corms after a few years, try separating them with a fork, pulling them apart, or removing the soil and untangling them with the help of a hosepipe jet.

12) This month and next month the lawn can be mown less frequently, but will really benefit from mechanical scarifying or the regular use of a spring tine rake to remove the old ‘thatch’. Aerating by means of a machine or a garden fork will work wonders, in conjunction with a specific lawn
weed-0killer and an autumn lawn fertilizer dressing.

13) Cheap insecticide – 3 pounds of rhubarb leaves infused in 6 pints of water with added soap solution makes a good insecticide. It is poisonous, take the usual necessary precaution.

 

August 2020 Gardening Reminders

August 2020 Gardening Reminders

July 30th, 2020 by

Check out our latest gardening reminders for August 2020 put together by chairman and horticulturist John Richardson.

1) Prune plum trees when cropping has finished. Cut out all dead and diseased wood. Cut back lateral branches of fan trained plums by a third.

2) Cut back the long whippy growth of Wisteria to within 3 buds of the old wood if they are not required to extend the area covered by the plant.

3)  Stop greenhouse tomatoes, and stop outdoor tomatoes when 4 or 5 trusses have set. Remove 50% of the lower foliage and reduce watering to allow fruits to ripen.

4)  Pinch back trailing plants such as ivy-leaved pelargoniums that are becoming straggly. Pelargoniums grown as bedding or container plants will root easily from cuttings. Select sturdy shoots about 10cm long, cutting just below a node. Place in a pot of very sandy compost and shade from the sun in a greenhouse or cold frame.

5)  Maintain the water level in ponds to prevent stress to fish, plants and other plant life.

6)  Give container plants a liquid feed as long release fertilizers may not provide enough boost to keep the plants growing.

7)  Collect and dispose of fallen apples showing signs of brown rot. Do not compost them.

8)  Cut down to ground level the recently fruited canes of Raspberries. Tie in strong young canes spaced 8-10cm apart.  Remove surplus young canes and burn them.

9)  Sow spring cabbage early in the month for planting out mid-September.

10)  Plant Freesia corms now in large pots to begin flowering in March.

11)  Plant spring-flowering crocus and Muscari during the month.

12)  Give a high Potash feed (Sulphate of Potash or tomato fertilizer) to plants which will provide a display next year. Water in, if conditions are very dry.

13)  Continue deadheading roses and tie in and secure young shoots of climbers.  Watch out for Black Spot and Greenfly, spray at once and apply a foliar feed if prolific.

14)  Keep annual beds free from weeds and remove faded flowers. Lift bearded Iris every 3 years when they become crowded. Discard old material from the centre of the plant. Cut back foliage of new plants to 20-30cm before planting.

15)  Pot up seedlings of self-sown herbaceous plants.

16)  Trim Lavenders as the flowers go over, but don’t cut into the last seasons wood as this may prevent future regrowth.

17)  As soon as strawberries stop cropping, cut off old leaves about 10cm above the crown. Cut off all runners other than those required to fill gaps. Rake off all old foliage and any straw around the plants, Burn all this rubbish. It is suggested that the plants are dug up after cropping for three years, and virus free new stock is purchased.

18) Make a list of the bulb varieties, quantities and planting locations for planting this autumn.

Pollinator-friendly shrubs and herbaceous for spring and summer

Pollinator-friendly shrubs and herbaceous for spring and summer

July 6th, 2020 by

When we think of pollinator-friendly shrubs and herbaceous, we automatically think of lavenders, but this doesn’t suit everybody’s taste or garden position, so we have put together a list of other pollinator-friendly plants for different positions in your garden during the spring and summer months.

Spring

1.Primula veris

Flowering period: April – May

Position: Full sun or partial shade

2. Helleborus varieties 

Flowering period: January – March (some varieties flower earlier, and for longer)

Position: Partial shade

3. Prunus Kojo-no-mai

Flowering period: March – April

Position: Full sun

4.Berberis darwinii 

Flowering period: April – May

Position: Full sun or partial shade

5. Pulmonaria Diana Clare

Flowering period: February – May

Position: shade – Partial sun

6. Ribes King Edward 

Flowering period: April – May

Position: Full sun

7. Viburnum tinus

Position: Full sun or partial shade

Flowering period: April – December

8.  Mahonia ‘Winter sun’ 

Position: November – March

Flowering period: Full sun – partial shade

 

Summer

1.Geraniums 

Flowering period: May – September (some varieties may flower earlier and for longer)

Position: Full sun or partial shade

2. Echinacea’s

Flowering period: July – September (most varieties)

Position: Full sun

3. Buddleia’s 

Flowering period: July – September (mot varieties)

Position: Full sun or partial shade

4. Scabiosa varieties 

Flowering period: July – September (most varieties)

Position: Full sun

5. Lavender varieties 

Flowering period: July – September (most varieties)

Position: Full sun

6. Verbena varieties 

Flowering period: June – September (most varieties)

Position: Full sun

7. Agastache varieties 

Flowering period: June – October (most varieties)

Position: Full sun

8.Caryopteris ‘Heavenly Blue’

Flowering period: August – September

Position: Ful sun

July 2020 Gardening Reminders

July 2020 Gardening Reminders

July 2nd, 2020 by

Check out our latest gardening reminders for July 2020 put together by chairman and horticulturist John Richardson.

1) Water recently sowed or turfed new lawns in dry weather to ensure establishment. Don’t forget to sweep up fallen apples and heavy fallen leaf concentrations before mowing.

2) Plant bulbs in the grass to flower next autumn as soon as bulbs are on sale.

3)  If the garden is to be left for some time in mid-summer, consider cutting back the tops of all flowering plants to stop seed being set and germinating without control.  This should also lead to a good display of flowers later in the season.

4)  lower the cutting height on the lawnmower (but not too short!) and cut lawn edges with a half-moon cutter, long-handled shears or an electric nylon line trimmer. Remove perennial lawn weeds.

5)  Hoeing lightly is an effective way of reducing water loss, not only does it eliminate weed competition for water, but a fine tilth on the soil surface helps prevent transpiration, but don’t hoe too deeply. A mulch of garden compost is another very good method of helping reduce water loss, and also helps increase soil organic matter.

6)  Check the moisture level of hanging baskets every morning and water thoroughly if dry. Feed plants with a soluble or liquid feed once per week and remove flower heads which are going over.

7)  Prune pyracanthas by cutting back side-shoots to 2-3 leaves from their base for a good show next year. Wear gloves!!

8) When the first flush of hardy geranium and  Alchemilla is over, cut them back hard for a spectacular second flush of flowers.

9)  Lift tulip bulbs after they have fully died down and store them in a dry, airy place over summer (Better stored in paper bags, definitely not polythene).

10)  Feed roses with a specialist rose fertilizer if not already done. On light soils, a mulch of rotted compost will provide long term slow feed but will also help preserve moisture.

11) Trim quickthorn and privet hedges and continue to keep hedge bottoms clean by hoeing or the use  of Gramoxone.  Always check for nesting birds before cutting hedges in summer. When trimming Laurels and Elaeagnus, cut back straggly shoots with secateurs.

12)  Check all plant ties, and that all herbaceous forms of support are strong enough for the new growth.

13)  Be sure to keep hydrangeas well-watered, they are very quick to show the shortage of water by drooping heavily.

14)  Keep an eye open for pests and diseases such as greenfly, lily beetle, mildew and blackspot.

15)  Root heather cuttings in boxes or small pots using a mixture of 50% peat and 50% acid sand. Take cuttings of young half-ripe shoots from the middle of July to mid-August, dipping the ends of the cuttings in rooting hormone. Don’t allow cutting to dry out, but don’t over-water.  Provide shade for the cuttings.

16)  In the north, July is probably as late as possible to achieve good results from sowing beetroot, lettuce, spinach and carrot seed.  Harvest beans and peas as they are ready, as this will encourage the production of a further crop.

June 2020 Gardening Reminders

June 2020 Gardening Reminders

June 1st, 2020 by

Check out our latest gardening reminders for June 2020 put together by chairman and horticulturist John Richardson.

1) The very dry weather in May has made us realise just how important it is to organise an efficient watering system. Garden centres will have excellent drip-feed watering systems on sale, which are ideal for plants in containers, grow bags, window boxes and hanging baskets, and are relatively easy and quick to install. Money well spent!

2) Anything planted during the last 2 months is almost certain to be suffering from the effect of the drought. When watering, ensure that plants are given a really good soak and not just having the soil surface dampened down.

3) Hoe weeds wherever possible in the dry weather, they collapse quickly, and leaving a tilth on the soil surface helps conserve moisture and prevents the growth of new weed seedlings.

4) Make sure that supports are now in place for herbaceous plants which are growing quickly, the support is also needed if they become short of water and lose rigidity.

5) Forsythia and other early flowering shrubs will benefit from having some of the old flowering shoots removed in order to stimulate new young shoots which will carry flower buds next year.

6) Don’t forget to prune topiary plants such as Buxus and Taxus, if you leave it too long it is very easy to lose the original shape, and extremely difficult to recover.

7) If you have never had the opportunity to read a copy of ‘Gardening Which’, either borrow a copy or take out a subscription, it is worth every penny!

8) Complete the planting of hardy annuals, and ensure they are well watered-in and kept watered for the first full month.

9) Ensure that slugs and snails cannot do too much damage by picking them off plants in the late evening by hand or treating them with appropriate slug and snail killers.

10) Plant out young dahlias now there is no chance of frost. Keep well-watered and control greenfly. Apply a mulch of spent compost to retain moisture and reduce weeds and slugs.

11) Sow winter pansies, primulas, violas and Brompton stocks under glass. Foxgloves and wallflowers can be sown outside in a weed-free area of the border to flower next year.

12) Bulb foliage will have died down by now, remove it once it has gone dry and yellow. Daffodil bulbs will be fine left in situ, but tulip bulbs are better lifted carefully, cleaned, and dried off in shallow boxes.  Keep cool and well ventilated until replanted in the autumn.

13) Watch out for those bright red lily beetles, they are on the march!  Make sure to keep a hand underneath when trying to catch them, as they drop into the soil beneath when touched.

14) Keep removing the side shoots of tomatoes by breaking them out of the leaf axils, to ensure the energy of the plant goes into the fruit.

15) Now that wholesale nurseries and garden centres are open once again, a walk around any of them will be useful as no doubt they will have a number of unsold lines at attractive prices.

16) Trim back the flowering growth of Erica carnea varieties and top-dress with peat.

17) Watch out for woolly aphids on apple trees, scrub off with soap and water.

18) Dead-head roses after they have flowered,. Cut down to the axil of a bud with secateurs.

“If you have two pennies, spend one for a loaf and one for a flower.

The bread will give you life, the flower a reason for living’. (Chinese Proverb, & Maurice Baren)”

Our monthly favourites - May 2020

Our monthly favourites – May 2020

May 11th, 2020 by

Want to add colour to your ‘May’ gardening projects? here’s a few of our favourite May flowering shrubs and perennials.

1. Geranium ‘Johnson’s Blue’

A vigorous, clump-forming perennial, with deep lavender – blue flowers,prefers a sunny location,and well drained soil.

???? Flowers: May – August

???? Position: Full sun or partial shade

2.Ajuga ‘Burgundy Glow’

A great multi-coloured ground cover perennial with dense upright deep blue flowers and evergreen foliage with splashes of red and cream.

???? Flowers: April – May

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

3. Aquilegia ‘Cameo Mixed’

Compact silver grey foliage covered in pink, blue and white flowers from early May. A great addition to a rockery, border, or container pot.

???? Flowers: May – June

???? Position: Full sun or partial shade

4. Acer ‘Garnet’

A small tree with garnet-coloured foliage that turn to scarlet red during autumn. A great focal point for a small garden, in a container pot on the edge of a patio.

???? Position: Partial shade – full sun ( in a sheltered spot)

5. Euphorbia amygd. ‘Robbiae’

Lime-green flowers above glossy green foliage, happiest in partial shade this plant makes a great addition to a woodland garden or partial shaded border.

???? Flowers: April – June

☀️ Position: Partial shade

6. Ceanothus repens

A low-growing evergreen shrub that is smothered in masses of pale blue flowers come late April. Perfect for the front of a sunny border or trained against a wall.

???? Flowers:  April – June

☀️ Position: Sun

7. Azalea ‘Golden Eagle’

Trumpet shaped, large orange-yellow flowers appear between May and June against pale, lime-green foliage which take on brilliant shades of bronze and purple during autumn.

???? Flowers: May – June

☀️ Position:  Full sun – Partial shade

8. Tiarella ‘Spring Symphony’

A perfect addition to a shaded border in your garden known for their fantastic dark green foliage with central dark blotches and tiny delicate star-shaped white flowers come May time.

???? Flowers: May – July

☀️ Position:  Partial – deep shade

May 2020 Gardening Reminders

May 2020 Gardening Reminders

May 5th, 2020 by

Gardening reminders for May 2020

Check out our latest gardening reminders for May 2020 put together by chairman and horticulturist John Richardson.

  1. Make sowing of hardy and half-hardy annuals and plant out when the risk of frost has passed.
  2. Mulch shrubs and fruit bushes when weather begins to warm up, but not deeply into the centre of the shrub, when growing from a stool.
  3. Plant evergreen shrubs, water before and after planting.
  4. Now is a good time to think about building that raised rockery bed you have contemplated for years. Choose a location not under trees and lay a foundation of broken stones for good drainage. For the walls, use stone, sleepers, stout branches,
    bricks or similar, leaving spaces in the walls for plants to grow from, subject to the type of plants you wish to grow. the soil should be acid for rhododendron types and neutral for most other plants. A few large rocks on the surface will add character,
    together with upright plants and conifers as well as ground cover.
  5. Apply a high Nitrogen lawn fertilizer, and water-in if conditions are dry, in order to prevent scorch to the grass.

6. In mild weather slugs and snails may well begin to eat the shoots of newly growing perennials. Use environmentally approved slug pellets as a control.

7.  Dahlias may begin to sprout in mild conditions under glass, but don’t plant out until frost is past. Consider taking cutting of the first shoots.

8. Towards the end of the month collect woody twigs to use as supports for perennials before they get too long and straggly.

9. Apply residual weedkillers to gravelled driveways and footpaths. Be careful to ensure that the application is confined to the treated area and not surroundings. Significant drift can occur when using a pressurised sprayer.

10. Begin mowing the lawn weekly, but with the blades set quite high until the rate of growth increases. Dig out those perennial weeds that suddenly appear.

11. Check stakes and ties of trees planted in the last 2 years, stakes should still be sound and the tree ties not strangling the tree.

12. As the danger of night frost diminishes apply mulches to the soil to help conserve moisture.

View our full list of gardening reminders for the year, here 

 

Our monthly favourites - April 2020

Our monthly favourites – April 2020

April 16th, 2020 by

Wanting to add a splash of colour to the garden this April? Check out this month’s highlights from Cytisus ‘Allgold’ to Clematis ‘Early Sensation’, there is something for every garden.

1. Cytisus x praecox ‘Allgold’

A great deciduous shrub with arching sprays of bright yellow flowers from April – June. A fantastic addition to a mixed border.

???? Flowers: April – June

???? Position: Full sun

2. Clematis ‘Early Sensation’

A great evergreen that is happiest in full sun-partial shade, use a trellis or wire support to grow up a fence or wall.

???? Flowers: March – April

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

3. Vinca minor

A great low growing ground cover plant with pale blue flowers and lance-shaped dark green leaves. It is excellent at suppressing weeds and would make a great addition to the front of a border. It generally flowers from April – May.

???? Flowers: March – September

???? Position: Full sun or partial shade

4. Spirea arguta

Small delicate white flowers on arching stems have started to appear on our Spirea arguta plants this month. A hardy deciduous shrub perfect as a freestanding shrub or as a hedge. Prune immediately after flowering to guarantee abundant shows year after year.

???? Flowers: March-May

???? Position: Full sun

5. Viburnum tinus

Our Viburnum tinus plants are full of bud and flowers right now… An excellent evergreen shrub with dark green leaves and clusters of small white flowers.  Ideal for brightening up a part shaded area of the garden over winter and into spring when little else is flowering.

???? Flowers: March – April

????Position:  Sun – Partial shade

6.Halimium libanotis

A small evergreen shrub, with small glossy, green leaves and primrose-like yellow flowers from April – June. Great at the front of a border, rock garden or in a container.

???? Flowers:  April – June

☀️ Position: Sun

7. Ribes ‘King Edward VII’

Are full of clusters of deep pink, tubular flowers right now that will be followed by blue-black fruit. It would make a great informal, flowering hedge or work well at the back of a border.

???? Flowers: April – May

☀️ Position:  Full sun

8. Primula veris

Primula veris, a semi-evergreen perennial is in full flower right now, a great addition to a wildflower meadow flowering from April till the end of May.

???? Flowers: April – May

☀️ Position:  Full sun – partial shade

COVID-19 (coronavirus) notice

COVID-19 (coronavirus) notice

March 17th, 2020 by

COVID-19 (coronavirus) notice

The Covid-19 outbreak continues to make headlines with numbers of those infected rising daily and a lot of uncertainty for businesses remains.

The preservation of the operational business is fundamental to the security of our entire workforce, the ability to operate, despatch, invoice and collect outstanding monetary sums is a close priority followed by the ongoing production of future crops.

We have been closely monitoring the government’s advice and have undertaken measures as recommended for the wellbeing of our staff and customers.

It remains very much business as usual – albeit a challenge!!

Actions taken include:

  • Covid-19 policy created
  • Covid-19 Checklist Created
  • Covid-19 Group formed to designate a lead for infection, prevention and control – weekly meetings underway
  • Specific bulletin to all staff
  • Risk assessments in place to prevent, detect and control the risk of infection
  • Audit control of newly introduced procedures
  • Posters with covid-19 information distributed
  • Employees to work from home where possible (subject to the role and work location, by and large, office staff) – purchase of relevant tech.
  • Sufficient resources including additional hand sanitizers and disinfectants have been distributed across all five sites
  • Rota to wipe down all door handles frequently shared equipment created and other high traffic apparatus
  • Extra cleaning and sanitising to high traffic risk areas
  • Meetings with external visitors postponed or rearranged over the phone or by skype
  • Non-essential training sessions cancelled
  • Liaising with an occupational health professional, HR Lawyer and Personnel resource
  • Monitor all staff and grade those at most risk and considered vulnerable

If you have any further questions as to how this may affect your orders please contact your sales rep directly or call us on 01423 330234

For further updates on the coronavirus please visit the NHS website.

Our monthly favourites - March 2020

Our monthly favourites – March 2020

March 17th, 2020 by

Make the most of yours and your clients garden this March with some of our favourite flowering plants that are sure to add interest to the garden this spring from Forsythia ‘Lynwood Gold’ to Pieris ‘katsura’, there’s something for everyone.

1. Forsythia ‘Lynwood Gold’

Yellow flowers smother branches from March – April providing a notable cheery sight to the start of spring. Try planting at the back of a dull border or even as a hedge with its full height reaching to 2 meters.

???? Flowers: February – April

???? Position: Full sun – light shade

2. Prunus ‘Kojo-no-mai’

A pretty deciduous shrub with zig-zag branches and crimson buds that open to display white flowers with pink centers in early spring. Its luscious green leaves appear after into the summer months and are then followed by bright reddish/orange leaves before falling in the Autumn. A perfect small compact tree for a smaller garden or patio pot.

???? Flowers: March – April

???? Position: Full sun

3. Vinca minor

A great low growing ground cover plant with pale blue flowers and lance-shaped dark green leaves. It is excellent at suppressing weeds and would make a great addition to the front of a border. It generally flowers from April – May.

???? Flowers: March – September

???? Position: Full sun or partial shade

4. Spirea arguta

Small delicate white flowers on arching stems have started to appear on our Spirea arguta plants this month. A hardy deciduous shrub perfect as a freestanding shrub or as a hedge. Prune immediately after flowering to guarantee abundant shows year after year.

???? Flowers: March-May

???? Position: Full sun

5. Viburnum tinus

Our Viburnum tinus plants are full of bud and flowers right now… An excellent evergreen shrub with dark green leaves and clusters of small white flowers.  Ideal for brightening up a part shaded area of the garden over winter and into spring when little else is flowering.

???? Flowers: March – April

☀️ Position:  Sun – Partial shade

6. Bergenia ‘Harzkristall ‘

A clump forming perennial with large dark green glossy leaves, reddish brown stems and pink tinged white flowers that appear in spring. Great for a woodland garden or border.

???? Flowers: March – April

☀️ Position:  Sun – Partial shade

7. Pieris ‘Katsura’

A compact, evergreen shrub with clusters of pale pink, cream bell-shaped flowers in spring. It is well known for its foliage that emerges red, changes to pink, then cream and on to green. A great plant for a container on a patio.

???? Flowers: February – April

☀️ Position:  Sun – Partial shade

8. Prunus cerasifera ‘Nigra’

A striking medium-sized ornamental cherry tree that is known for its deep purple foliage and stems which can almost appear black. During March and April a mass of single pink flowers emerges providing an early source of pollen for bees. The deep purple leaves remain until autumn when they turn a bright red before falling.

???? Flowers: March – April

☀️ Position:  Full sun

 

 

March 2020 Gardening Reminders

March 2020 Gardening Reminders

March 5th, 2020 by

Gardening reminders for March 2020

Check out our latest gardening reminders for March 2020 put together by chairman and horticulturalist John Richardson.

1) Prune strong growing Buddleias down to about 18” for a good show by summer. Prune to 30-40” for a denser but weaker overall growth.

2) Plant climbing and wall plants. Prune clematis species and hybrids that flower on current season’s growth if not already done. Ensure they are well watered.

3) Prune decorative Cornus and Salix to within 5cm of the old shoots to encourage next year’s coloured winter stems. Don’t prune ‘Midwinter Fire’ types too hard.

4) Many herbaceous plants do better planted in spring rather than autumn, particularly on heavy clay.

5) Snowdrops re-establish best when moved whilst still in leaf. Split and replant those in tight clusters, or buy in new ones ‘in the green’.

6) Arrange to plant summer flowering bulbs when planting condition are good.

7) Finish pruning perennial which has not yet been cut back, but don’t remove new green shoots.

8) When daffodils have flowered, remove dead heads to conserve bulb energy.

9) Hellebores are now very popular, lift seedlings around parent plant and pot up.

10) Alpines can still be planted, and also check that existing plants have not been lifted by recent frosts.

11) As the weather improves, weed growth will begin in earnest, hoe off seedling weeds with a really sharp hoe and treat perennial weeds with Roundup.

12) Finish pruning soft fruit bushes by mid-month and give a high nitrogen feed.

13) Lay fleece or polythene on bare soil to warm it up before planting vegetables or sowing seeds. Remember to apply slug pellets.

14) Consider re-potting those plants in containers which have been in the same compost for too long. Carefully remove the pot, cut back two or three of the old roots and remove some soil. Re-pot into a slightly larger pot, add a little fertilizer and firm in the compost on all sides. Give the plant a good watering.

Interested in further advise or solutions? visit our ‘solutions’ section here

April 2020 Gardening Reminders

April 2020 Gardening Reminders

April 8th, 2020 by

Gardening reminders for April 2020

Check out our latest gardening reminders for April 2020 put together by chairman and horticulturalist John Richardson.

1) Prune early flowering shrubs after flowering is over.

2) Prune foliage shrubs if cut foliage will be required later in the year.

3) Mulch shrubs and fruit bushes when the weather begins to warm up, but not deeply into the centre of the shrub.

4) Continue to divide herbaceous plants if necessary.

5) Plant evergreen shrubs, soak root-balls before planting and water in after planting.

6) If dry spells continue, remember to water those trees and shrubs that have been planted since Christmas.

7) Cut off dead hydrangea flowers down to the top 2 strongest growth buds.

8) Plants growing on the edge of ponds can be lifted, divided, and replanted as required. Remove pond heaters or other frost preventive objects.

9) Pick off the flower heads from spent daffodils, tulips and other spring-flowering bulbs which have gone over, and give a top-dressing of general fertilizer.

10) In mild weather slugs and snails may well begin to eat the shoots of newly growing perennials. Use environmentally approved slug pellets as a control.

11) Dahlias may begin to sprout in mild conditions under glass, but don’t plant out until frost is past. Consider taking cutting of the first shoots.

12) Towards the end of the month collect woody twigs to use as supports for perennials before they get too long and straggly.

13) Apply residual weedkillers to gravelled driveways and footpaths. Be careful to ensure that the application is confined to the treated area and not surroundings.

14) Begin mowing the lawn weekly, but with the blades set quite high until the rate of growth increases. Dig out those perennial weeds that suddenly appear.

15) Apply a high Nitrogen lawn fertilizer, and water-in if conditions are dry, in order to prevent scorch to the grass.

16) Check stakes and ties of trees planted in the last 2 years, stakes should still be sound and the tree ties not strangling the tree.

17) Remove raspberry suckers coming up away from the row. Thin new canes to 15cm apart on the support wires.

Interested in further advise or solutions? visit our ‘solutions’ section here

February 2020 gardening reminders

February 2020 gardening reminders

February 4th, 2020 by

Gardening reminders for February 2020

Check out our latest gardening reminders for 2020 put together by chairman and horticulturalist John Richardson.

1) Plant container-grown perennials for an early start to the spring. If they are large plants, consider carefully dividing them before planting.

2) Be sure to water root-balls before planting, if there is a dry spring it may slow growth in dry days.

3) Apply a mulch of garden compost,  to all trees and shrubs in potentially dry sites.

4) Finish winter pruning this month, first principles are to remove dead and diseased stems, then crossing branches, followed by a reduction in the height of the main stems.

5) Cut bushy Eucalyptus back to within 2-3” of the main stem to stimulate a flush of bushy growth.

6) Plant up window boxes and tubs for seasonal colour.

7) Pot up or transplant last year’s hardwood cuttings.

8) Repair broken fences, patios, trellises, steps, fall pipes and walls.

9) Divide and replant Snowdrops ‘in the green’ as the flowers go over.

10) Clean out existing bird nesting boxes and put up new ones and of course, feed the birds!

11) Take hardwood cuttings of Forsythia, Deutzia, Honeysuckle, Jasmine, Virginia creeper, Holly, Privet, Cotoneaster, Poplar, Willow, Gooseberries, Blackcurrants etc

12) When the ground is firm, repair any uneven areas of the lawn, or where the grass has died out.

13) Invest in a soil thermometer, when the soil temp. exceeds 5°C start sowings of hardy crops such as carrots, lettuce and radish direct into the ground.

14) If the weather warms up, take the opportunity to prepare compost and boxes for sowing half-hardy annuals by the end of the month. You should have a heat source available for cold nights.

15) Cut back Clematis Jackmanii and C. Viticella groups to about 12”.  Pyracantha should be pruned to within two buds of the mainframe except for extensions, if not done last autumn.

16) Do not apply heavy dressings of fertiliser to areas of naturalised bulbs as this will only encourage the growth of the surrounding grass.

17) Propagate a wide range of woody shrubs by layering, towards the end of the month,  Peg down a young shoot into the soil under the tree without detaching it from the tree, but make a cut in the underneath of the stem, or twist it at the point where it will turn it upwards.

Pin this down with a suitable forked twig into a couple of handfuls of compost and hold firm with a proper stone. Tie the growing shoot to a small cane to keep it upright, and trim to prevent being moved in the wind.

Our monthly favourites – January 2020

Our monthly favourites – January 2020

January 13th, 2020 by

Despite January’s reputation of being dull, there’s actually plenty of bright and cheery looking plants this month that are sure to add some winter interest to your client’s gardens. Check out our favorites for this month below which include Jasminum nudiflorum, Hamamelis ‘Arnold Promise’, Mahonia ‘Winter Sun’ and Helleborus ‘Mont Blanc’

Jasminum nudiflorum

A deciduous climber with bright yellow flowers that appear on bare stems in winter and early spring helping to brighten up a dark winter’s day. This attractive climber will grow well against a trellis or low wall once trained as it is not self-clinging.

???? Flowers: January – March

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

Helleborus ‘Mont Blanc’

A compact, clump-forming perennial with crisp white flowers and dark green, leathery leaves. A great border plant that will brighten up your garden when little else is flowering.

???? Flowers: December – March

☀️Position: Partial shade

Cornus serc. ‘Flaviramea’

White flowers in May – June with dark green leaves that redden in Autumn and fall to reveal bright yellow stems in winter. A great choice for a moist area of the garden.

????Flowers: May – June

☀️Position: Full sun – Partial shade

Sarcococca confusa

a sweetly scented evergreen shrub known for its pure white flowers from December – March with dark green leaves. Perfect in a deep shaded border spot or woodland garden. To appreciate its vanilla-like fragrance plant in a moist, well-drained soil.

???? Flowers: December – March

☀️ Position: Partial – Deep shade

Skimmia Rubella

Are known for their dark red flower buds that are produced in autumn and last through to winter until the flowers open in spring — an excellent plant for a patio pot or border.

???? Flowers: April- May

☀️ Position: Partial – Full shade

Viburnum tinus

Our Viburnum tinus plants are full of bud and flowers right now… An excellent evergreen shrub with dark green leaves and clusters of small white flowers.  Ideal for brightening up a part shaded area of the garden over winter and into spring when little else is flowering.

???? Flowers: December – April

☀️ Position: Full sun – partial shade

Hamamelis ‘Arnold Promise’

Spider-like yellow, fragrant flowers cover bare branches in January and February when little else is flowering. This is a great plant for the back of a shrub or woodland border.

???? Flowers: January – February

☀️ Position: Full sun – Partial shade

 Mahonia ‘Winter Sun’

Is the perfect addition to a shaded spot in your garden as they prefer full – partial shade with spikes of yellow flowers from November through to March that has a fragrant reminiscent of lily-of-the-valley on dark green holly-like leaves. Prune in spring after flowering. Available in 2L,5L and 10L pots.

???? Flowers: November – March

☀️Position: Full sun – partial shade

 

January 2020 Gardening Reminders

January 2020 Gardening Reminders

January 8th, 2020 by

Happy New Year to you all,  If your New Years resolution is to spend more time in the garden be sure you check out our January 2020 garden hints and tips by our chairman and horticulturalist, John Richardson.

1) Now is a good time to move shrubs which have outgrown their allotted space. With big shrubs remove up to 25% of the older branches before you start digging. Dig a trench around the shrub 45-60cm from the base and remove the soil from the trench, this allows you to get a spade, angled downwards, under the shrub to dig under the roots and prise them out of the ground. Lift the rootball onto a piece of sacking or plastic and drag to the new planting location. The new hole should be 20-30 cm wider than the rootball but only the same depth. Fill back the hole with topsoil mixed with some good compost, firm in with the feet, and water well.

2) A good time for a warm job, insert metal or wood lawn edging as clearly define edges add so much to the look of a good lawn. Make sure the edges will not be damaged by the lawnmower.

3) If you have a large garden, buy in a load of well-rotted farmyard manure to mulch borders or dig into the ground or add to your compost heap to promote decomposition.

4) Give the greenhouse a really good clean, both inside and out. Wash the glass, framework and staging with disinfectant to remove pests and diseases.

5) Continue to plant new trees and shrubs in frost-free weather conditions.

6) Thin out dead and diseased branches from established trees and shrubs together with those branches growing too strongly in the wrong direction. Be aware of the plant’s natural habit.

7) Cut back the young shoots of Wisteria to within 8-10cm of the old wood.

8) Examine stored Dahlia tubers, if they are shrivelling, place them in tepid water overnight, then dry them & replace in peat, sawdust or vermiculite. Cut off diseased areas & dust with sulphur.

9) Where Cyclamen coum has spread naturally from seed, select the best seedlings with good leaf markings and replants into new areas which will benefit from the winter colour.  Did you know that ants carry the seed off to new locations?

10) Shrubs to enjoy in January: Chimonanthus fragrans, Daphne mezereum, Garrya eliptica,Hamemellis, Jasminum nudiflorum, Lonicera fragrantissima, Mahonia.

11) Now is the time to contemplate sowing sweet peas under glass over the next 4-6 weeks, but only in a mild heat of about 39 degrees F.

Enjoyed our January 2020 Gardening Reminders?  Look back at last years here > January 2019 Gardening Reminders

Christmas Gift Guide 2019 - Plants

Christmas Gift Guide 2019 – Plants

December 11th, 2019 by

December is the month of giving where millions of us spend £100’s on our loved ones for Christmas so we decided to put together a ‘ Christmas plant gift guide’ for all the plant lovers of the world looking for something extra special to gift this Christmas.

A pair of Buxus cones

A fantastic Christmas gift for a doorway, entrance or patio with its rich green, evergreen foliage providing year-round interest.

Position: Partial – Full shade

Available in various heights and pot sizes, please enquire with the dimensions you require.

A Skimmia rubella

Would make a fantastic addition to a patio during the winter months providing great winter interest from their dark red flower buds that will open to delicate white flowers come spring. Why not pair this with a Chelsea style pot to provide a patio perfect gift.

Flowers: April – May

Position: Partial – full shade

Available in a 2L, 5L, and 10L pot. 

Helleborus niger

Also known as the ‘Christmas Rose’ provide bowl-shaped pure white flowers from mid-winter to early spring. They are happiest in shadier spots with well-drained soil and would make a great centrepiece on a Christmas table which could then be planted on in the garden to provide winter interest for many years to come.

Flowers: December – March

Position: Partial shade

Available in a 2L pot.

 

Viburnum tinus

Another great gift for a patio paired well with a slate pot. This plant is full of bud and flowers this month – March. A great plant that will brighten up a dark area of the garden when little else is flowering.

Flowers: December – April

Position: Full sun – partial shade

Available in 2L, 3L, 5L and 10L pots. 

Sarcococca confusa

Commonly known as ‘Christmas box’ provide creamy white vanilla-like scented flowers from December- March with dark green leaves. A perfect plant for a deep shaded border or woodland garden. Plant at the front or back of a house to enjoy its vanilla-like fragrance.

Flowers: December – March

Position: Partial – deep shade

Available in 2L and 5L pots.

Jobs to do in the garden this December

Jobs to do in the garden this December

December 2nd, 2019 by

Not sure what to do in the garden this December? Check out our garden hints and tips by our chairman and horticulturalist, John Richardson.

1)   After a month of November rain, fallen leaves have become a congealed mass In many garden corners.  Try and clear them away to the compost heap before they start to rot and affect different plants such as herbaceous, alpines, low growing shrubs and plants in containers. This also applies to the lawn!

2) Any plants which are now too big for their location or ‘in the wrong place’ can be safely moved,  the soil in December is usually warm enough to stimulate the production of new roots. Stake tall new plants to prevent wind rock until well rooted, and reduce their size if appropriate.

3) Ensure that house drains and run-off areas from the garden are not choked by leaves.  A time of year when water can often be found backing up in the most surprising places! We have just had the roots of a 10 yr. Scots Pine fill a 4” pipe from drain to soakaway absolutely solid for 15ft.

4) We are now in for regular frosts and snow,  make sure your bird feeding stations are clean and regularly refilled.  The same applies to an accessible water supply.  Remember, cooked food as opposed to birdseed may well attract vermin.

5)   with long periods of rain to be expected, don’t forget to put a glass or plastic sheet over your alpine plants to keep off the majority of the rain. Plant Cyclamen coum for good winter colour.

6) Place tender plants under cover which have been overlooked earlier in the autumn and ensure that such plants growing in the ground are wrapped in straw and hessian, polythene is not the best material as it prevents air from getting to the plant.

7) Ensure that outside taps, and taps in unheated buildings, are well insulated for the winter months. Turn off the stop-taps if this is possible to prevent the potential for them freezing.

8)   Take the opportunity on dry days to treat fences and sheds with a form of creosote which is not harmful to plants.  If you have to remove climbers from the wall, take the opportunity to prune them whilst you have full access, and also check for damage to the fence or wall.

9) If you intend to get on with the winter digging, cover a suitable area with polythene so that the ground is not waterlogged when you wish to dig. Leave the dug surface as rough as possible.

10) Clean moss and lichens from paths and walls.  There are several commercial brands of cleaner available, but bleach is equally as good.  A power washer will make light work of the job, which is impressive when completed! Move container bay trees to a sheltered area.

11) Cut back the long shoots of ornamental vines, thin them out and then cut the side shoots back to two buds. Check the greenhouse heater is still working!

12) Check apples and other stored fruits for signs of rotting and throw out damaged fruit for the birds. Remove mummified fruits from the apple trees.

13) Trim the lawn edges for a quick lift.

14) Take the opportunity to cut back overgrown hedges, either mechanically on deciduous plants or by the use of a saw or secateurs on large-leafed evergreens such as laurel or rhododendrons. Wait until growth starts in the spring before pruning conifer hedges.

Interested in what plants look good this month, head over to our latest blog post ‘Our monthly favourites, December’ 

Our monthly favourites - December

Our monthly favourites – December

November 29th, 2019 by

Not sure whats looking good in the garden this December? Check out our favourites for this month including Helleborus, Cornus and Sarcococca.

Mahonia ‘Winter Sun’

Are the perfect addition to a shaded spot in your garden as they prefer full – partial shade with spikes of yellow flowers from November through to March that has a fragrant reminiscent of lily-of-the-valley on dark green holly-like leaves. Prune in spring after flowering. Available in 2L,5L and 10L pots.

???? Flowers: November – March

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

Helleborus ‘Cinnamon Snow’

A compact, clump-forming perennial with saucer-shaped cream flowers that mature to a pinky-brown colour over time. A great border plant that will brighten up your garden when little else is flowering, available in a 2L pot.

???? Flowers: December – April

???? Position: Full sun – Partial shade

 

Cornus ‘Flaviramea’

White flowers in May – June with dark green leaves that redden in autumn and fall to reveal bright yellow stems in winter. An excellent choice for a moist area of the garden in a full sun – partial shade position.

???? Flowers: May – June

???? Position: Full sun – Partial shade

Sarcococca confusa

A sweetly scented evergreen shrub known for its pure white flowers from December – March with dark green leaves. Perfect in a deeply shaded border spot or woodland garden. To appreciate its vanilla-like fragrance plant in a moist, well-drained soil.

???? Flowers: December – March

???? Position: Partial – Deep shade

 Viburnum Tinus

Our Viburnum tinus plants are full of bud and flowers right now… An excellent evergreen shrub with dark green leaves and clusters of small white flowers.  Ideal for brightening up a part shaded area of the garden over winter and into spring when little else is flowering.

???? Flowers: December – April

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

Skimmia Rubella

Are known for their dark red flower buds that are produced in autumn and last through to winter until the flowers open in spring — an excellent plant for a patio pot or border.

???? Flowers: April- May

???? Position: Partial – Full shade

Ilex aquifolium ‘Argentea Marginata’

Dark green spiny leaves with yellow-cream margins with bright red berries that encourage birds into the garden from December – February.

???? Flowers: May – June

???? Position: Full sun – partial shade

 Cornus ‘alba sibirica’

Are known for their bright-red stem that are revealed during mid-late autumn when the leaves fall. In early summer you will find small white flowers that appear amongst masses of dark green ovate leaves.

???? Flowers: May – June

???? Position: Full sun – Partial shade

Jobs to do in the garden this November

Jobs to do in the garden this November

November 4th, 2019 by

Not sure what to do in the garden this November? Check out the November gardening reminders put together by our chairman and horticulturalist John Richardson.

1) Finish picking the last of the late apples, Store in well-ventilated crates or freeze them.

2) Collect all the canes and stakes no longer in use and stand the bottoms in preservative for a day.

3) Service the mower or have it done professionally, clean and store garden furniture.

4) Check alpines in case they are covered in leaves.

5) Clear fallen leaves from lawns, ponds, gutters and natural free drainage routes.

6) Cut back tall rose bushes and shrubs such as Buddleia to prevent winter wind-rock and damage.

7) Check that ceramic or terracotta pots are raised on ‘feet’ off the ground to help avoid frost damage.

8) Cover alpines with sheets of glass or cloches to reduce the effect of excessive winter rain.

9) Take root cuttings from oriental poppies, sea hollies and verbascums. Cutting should be 8cm long, of average thickness, with a straight top cut and sloping bottom cut. Place vertically in pots of cutting compost with top level with the compost. Keep outside in a sheltered place over winter.

10) Try to complete laying turf this month. If delayed, wait for a day when conditions are dry underfoot.

11) If newly ordered plants have arrived but soil conditions are poor, take them out of the packaging, splay open the roots and lay them in a 15” deep trench at 45⁰, to the side of the trench, to reduce wind disturbance. Firm soil back over the roots. Plants are ok like this until growth commences.

12) When planting roses into an existing rose bed, remove the soil from each planting hole and replace with soil from another part of the garden which has not previously grown roses.

13) Clean the corms of gladiolus lifted last month which are now dry. Remove the old corm from the base of the new corm. Destroy any showing signs of disease. If you have saved the small cormlets attached to the base of the new corm, keep until March and plant 2” deep in a layer of sand.

14) If conditions are not too wet, now is a good time to establish or develop the rock garden. OK to plant at this time of year but protect young alpines from excessive rain.

15) Now is a good time to develop a new vegetable plot. Deep dig the plot and add well-rotted compost or manure. Grass can be dug in but turn it upside-down in the base of the trench and cover with soil to prevent re-growth. Leave soil surface rough to benefit from winter frosts.

16) Wash out water butts to remove debris. Purchase additional water butts for other downpipes.

17) On cold November nights, sit over the fire and go through next years seed and bulb catalogues and read those magazine articles which you had no time for in the summer.

Jobs to do in the garden this October

Jobs to do in the garden this October

October 2nd, 2019 by

Not sure what to do in the garden this month? Here are our garden reminders put together by our chairman and horticulturalist John Richardson.

1) With October starting with rain, following rain, which followed rain, the land is going to be too sticky and muddy to do much for the next week or so, give the greenhouse or garden shed a good clean, and put away all those tools, labels, canes and bottles that it has been easier to overlook during the good weather.

2) Give conifers a final trim this month and try and complete the planting of evergreens while the soil is still warm and new roots will then establish before the ground becomes cold.

3) Give thought to lifting tender plants which you wish to retain, pot them up and store in a frost-free environment. Calla lilies have been very popular this year, but don’t forget they are on the tender side and also need to be lifted and protected during the winter.

4) If you need to move trees that are going to be too big for their location, do it in 2 stages, this year dig a trench around half the root ball, about 30-40cm away from the trunk and backfill with good well-rotted Compost. This will encourage young roots near to the trunk before you cut the roots on the other side as you move it next autumn. Don’t try this on trees more than two years after the original planting; the root-balls would be just too big and heavy to lift.

5) As herbaceous plants die back, reduce top growth almost to ground level and compost all soft green material. Remove and store all the canes and stakes. Burn pea-sticks and rotten stakes.

6) Fix grease bands to apple and pear tree trunks to prevent female winter moth caterpillars climbing up to lay their eggs on the young buds. Choose the correct grease for smooth or rough-barked trees.

7) Now is an excellent time to clean out the pond and remove the water pump for the winter.

8) Store top fruit for the winter, by picking only those fruits which are undamaged, wrap in newspaper and store in a frost-free cool shed. DO NOT retain any fruits which show signs of damage; they will only affect those that are undamaged, but you can freeze these fruits.

9) Rake up fallen leaves around rose bushes to prevent the carry-over of Black Spot to next year.

10) Take hardwood cuttings of deciduous shrubs and line them out in a trench formed by pushing a spade into the soil to about 10 inches and rocking it to enlarge the slot. Insert the cuttings about 2 inches apart and firm soil back between the feet. On heavy soil run a little sand into the slot before planting the cuttings.

11) Tall shrubs such as Buddleia and Lavatera, which will be pruned hardback in spring will tidy up the garden if cut back by half at this time to prevent wind rock during the winter.

12) Dahlia tubers need lifting and storing this month. Cut the stems back to about 4” from ground level, shake off as much soil as possible, hosing off if necessary, and store upside down for 14 days to dry out the stems of the plants. Afterwards, store in dry compost with the stem out of the compost, in a cool frost-free building. Remember to name all plants at the time you lift them from the ground.

Jobs to do in the garden this September

Jobs to do in the garden this September

September 3rd, 2019 by

Not sure what you should be doing in the garden this month? here are our top tips for the month of September.

 

  • The first 10 days of September is the last time to be taking cuttings of tender perennials such as pelargoniums and fuchsias, roots will form much quicker before the cooler weather sets in. When taking cuttings at this late stage, it is better to root them round the edge of a pot and leave them in the pot until transplanting next spring. Alternatively, bring the old plants under cover in a cool but frost-free room and take cuttings early next year.

 

  • Ever thought of buying yourself a greenhouse? Now is a good time to buy at a discounted price, with the whole winter to erect it and have it ship-shape for the start of next spring. Don’t forget, it is really useful for it to be connected to water and a electricity supply.

 

  • It is well worth checking the bigger trees around the garden. September can be a windy month and worth the knowledge that boughs are not likely to come crashing down on the house, the garden or the new greenhouse in the winter gales!

 

  • When you have a weekend hour to spare, take a notebook around the garden and note those plants which are not happy in their location, are growing too big, have the wrong colour combination with their neighbours, or really need more space. It will make your winter sort-out in the shrubbery so much easier.

 

  • Planting new shrubs in the autumn has the benefit of warm soil to get the plants established before winter and the soil is usually moist. Delay bare-root tree planting until November and be sure to install a stake at the time of planting. Always put the stake on the windward side and secure with a proper tree tie.

 

  • September is a good month to plant spring-flowering bulbs, but leave tulips until November, as this will help prevent the fungal disease ‘tulip fire’. If you find mice are digging up your crocus bulbs, cover them with fine chicken wire, which won’t affect grass mowing but should dissuade the mice.

 

  • If you have heavy soil, dig over the garden borders later this month as the bedding plants need to be removed. This will make digging easier as the soil will not be at full water capacity as in later months.

 

  • Crocosmias form large mounds of roots and corms over the years. Separate them with two forks either by pulling them apart or remove the soil and untangle them with the help of a hosepipe jet.

 

  • Continue to trim fast-growing hedges – and don’t overlook the weeds in the hedge bottoms!

 

  • Newly planted perennials will do well when planted over the next six weeks. Give the roots of new plants a good soaking before planting and firm in well to the original depth, placing a good mulch around the plant to prevent moisture loss and winter frost damage to young roots.

 

  • During this month and next, the lawn can be mown less frequently, but will really benefit from mechanical scarifying or the regular use of a spring tine rake to remove the old ‘thatch’. Aerating the lawn by means of a machine or a garden fork will work wonders, in conjunction with a specific lawn weed-killer and an autumn lawn fertilizer dressing.
Jobs to do in the garden this August

Jobs to do in the garden this August

August 2nd, 2019 by

Looking to keep busy in the garden this August? Here are the jobs you should be keeping on top of this month:

  1. Cut back the long whippy growth of Wisteria to within 3 buds of the old wood, if they are not required, to extend the area covered by the plant.
  2. Keep dead-heading the best flowering plants to encourage new flowers and stop them from setting seed. Apply a liquid feed as plants will require added nutrition to counter dry weather and heavy watering.
  3. Complete the lifting of last seasons’ bulbs and dry them off naturally in light woven sacks for maximum ventilation.
  4. Collect the seed of the plant which you wish to regenerate next year. Place a brown paper bag over the seed head and shake out contents as they become free. Save the seed in the fridge and sow next spring.
  5. Clean up and dispose of early fallen fruits, such as apples, to prevent disease spread.
  6.  Damp down greenhouse floors to maintain humidity, and don’t forget to open the vents to improve air circulation. It’s best to water early morning/late evening, and not in the heat of the sun. Close doors at night at the end of the month as conditions become cooler, but be sure to open up again the following morning.
  7.  A good time to clean the pond and the pump filter, and perhaps reduce the amount of oxygenating plants.  A fountain will help oxygenate the water for the benefit of fish.
  8. Trim lavenders after flowering but don’t cut into older wood.
  9. Towards the end of the month cut back the canes of fruited cane fruits to ground level, and tie in the young shoots which will provide next year’s harvest.
  10. Divide and replant rhizomatous Iris and layer carnations and pinks, pegging into the soil after carefully cracking a small section of the stem.
  11. Weed between alpines and top up the surface with grit or gravel. Take cuttings of Aubretia, dwarf helianthemums etc., root in a warm propagator.
  12. Continue to water recent new lawns. Probably better to leave laying or sowing a new lawn until next month when the weather is cooler.
  13. Watch out for pests and diseases, warm dry weather encourages mildew and aphids can rapidly increase in numbers. Treat with specific garden chemicals.

Check out our previous months gardening reminders here

Lavender plants: our bestselling line for trade

Lavender plants: our bestselling line for trade

July 25th, 2019 by

A true staple for any size project or garden, the humble lavender is a top favourite for many of our commercial customers. Last year we sold over 110,000 lavender plants, including ‘angustifolia’ ‘hidcote’, ‘munstead’ ‘vera’ and many more varieties.

Lavender plants are well known for their wonderfully calming fragrance, but they are also a great plant for pollinators and are famed for the various shades of purple they come in. A truly versatile plant, it can instantly improve the appearance of any space, from the edge of a driveway to the surrounding of a public seating area.

Commonly flowering from June to September, they’re easy to grow and care for making them an ideal solution for low maintenance areas.

When it comes to planting, opt for a sunny to light shade position – a south or west facing location would be ideal. Place the lavender plants in a well-drained neutral to alkaline soil as they will not do well in wet, waterlogged soil.

These plants need very little water once they become established, except for those planted in a pot or container as these will need regular watering when the pot becomes noticeably lighter.

Caring and maintaining lavender plants is very easy. Ensure to cut back new angustifolia varieties in late August to September once they have finished flowering and have gone slightly grey, a second flush of flowers may appear after pruning. Pruning will help keep the plant compact and stop it from getting too leggy.

Lavandula Hidcote

Our bestselling lavender line, Lavandula Hidcote, is a compact English lavender that produces dense, fragrant, violet flowers that look great along a driveway, border or in a pot. It is very popular with pollinators throughout its flowering months.

Flowers: June – September

Position: Full sun – light shade

Eventual height & spread: 75cm x 60cm

Lavandula Munstead

Our second bestselling lavender plant is the Lavandula Munstead, named after Gertrude Jekyll’s garden at Munstead Wood. This variety has blue-purple summer flowers that have a wonderful contrast against its grey-green leaves. It’s a firm favourite with bees and will look great at the edge of a path or border, or clipped to add a contemporary look to any space.

Flowers: June – September

Position: Full sun – light shade

Eventual height & spread: 75cm x 60cm

 

Lavandula ‘Little Lady’

The final lavender plant on our list is Lavandula ‘Little Lady’. This variety has a lighter blue flower that is produced on upright stems against sage green foliage. It is a fantastic compact variety that can be used to make a vibrant low hedge.

Flowers: July – September

Position: Full sun – light shade

Eventual height & spread: 40cm x 40cm

 

Caring for alstroemeria, the plant that doesn’t stop flowering

Caring for alstroemeria, the plant that doesn’t stop flowering

July 23rd, 2019 by

Looking for a semi-hardy herbaceous plant, that is long flowering with interesting foliage? Alstroemeria is the plant you have been searching for – and will not disappoint.

Working well in borders combined with other plants, alstroemeria produces fantastic coloured flowers in a wide range of colours from June through to October every year.

They also make for impressive displays for container pots or cut flowers that can be displayed inside.

Caring for your alstroemeria

Be sure to plant alstroemerias in full sun or partial shade in a fertile, moist, well-drained soil to ensure they keep on flowering. Remove the whole stem at the base once the flower on it has finished as this will encourage the growth of new flowers. To protect the plant during winter, make sure to wrap it with a protective fleece.

Available at our Cash & Carry and for Garden Centre Customers

We have some fantastic Inticancha Alstroemerias available this year – here’s a preview of what you can pick up from our onsite Cash & Carry or on our retail availability list:

 

Alstroemeria Inticancha Bryce has large, stunning orange and yellow blooms with a brown speckle. They would make a great addition to a compliment a warm coloured border and will flower from June through to October.

 

 

Alstroemeria Inticancha Sunshine has a dwarf habit, with large pink and yellow cantered flowers that will emerge come June right through to October.

Alstroemeria Inticancha ‘Maya’ are known for their white flowers with a deep, blotched pink centre and a small flare of green at the end of each petal. These alstromerias will start flowering from the end of May/early June and through to October. They will stay nice and compact making them ideal for a patio pot.

Alstroemeria Inticancha Red are a clump-forming plant with dark green leaves, and dark red funnel shaped flowers. This is another variety that usually flowers from June to October.

Jobs to do in the garden in July

Jobs to do in the garden in July

July 5th, 2019 by

Jobs to do in the garden in July

Take steps to protect plants in the heat of summer – and reap the rewards for the rest of the year – by following our tips on jobs you should do in the garden in July.

  1. Cut Delphiniums down to 10-15cm after they have flowered and keep them moist. They should produce another flush of flowers in the autumn.
  2. Remove the spent flowers from annuals to encourage the production of new flowers.
  3. The first flush of roses will be over in July, so ensure you cut off spent heads, reducing by approximately a third. However, don’t cut back roses that are being grown for autumn rose hips.
  4. Spray rose sawfly, if necessary, as they eat the foliage, leaving a fine skeleton of the veins. Lightly cover both sides of the leaves to help combat mildew.
  5. Keep on top of fast-growing soft weeds, such as thistles, as they harbour aphids etc.
  6. Continue to tie Dahlias to their stakes, and spray aphids and other insects as necessary.
  7. If caring for large chrysanthemums, remove the side shoots from all flowering shoots other than the limited number of blooms (often five) you wish to retain.
  8. Feed the shrubs that were cut back in the spring with a high sulphate of potash feed to encourage the production of flower buds for next year.
  9. Prune shrubs growing on walls and pergolas to remove some of the top growth and further stimulate growth from the base of the plant.
  10. When conditions are very dry, give recently planted trees and shrubs a thorough soaking – a far better method than ‘little and often’. Also, spray overhead in the evening in very dry conditions.
  11. Give newly purchased container-grown plants a really good soak in a bucket before planting.
  12. Evergreen hedges can be clipped this month, as well as some deciduous ones, but ensure there are no nesting birds in the hedge. Cut laurel and Eleagnus hedges with secateurs to prevent cut leaves. In hot weather, spray newly planted conifer hedges with water overhead as well as ensuring the root zone remains moist.
  13. July is a good month to take cuttings of heathers. Choose young, strong, half-ripe, non-flowering shoots, and treat the bottom 5cm with rooting hormone, and insert around the edge of a 9cm pot. Keep in a closed, shaded area, ensuring that water does not drip on to the cuttings from the underside of the glass. Don’t allow them to dry out.
  14. Remove dying water lily leaves from ponds as they appear.

Want more guidance on what jobs you should carry out for a garden in July? Here are some more examples of recommendations from our expert team  Jobs to do in the garden this May

Gorgeous Geranium varieties

Gorgeous Geranium varieties

July 2nd, 2019 by

They’re colourful, low maintenance and even act as a weed suppressant – so if you don’t already have a geranium in your garden, now is the time to put that right!

These low maintenance ground cover plants are happiest in full sun – partial shade and are available in shades of whites, pinks, purples and blues, providing a dense carpet of foliage from May through to September.

This versatile plant can be used at the front of an informal border, in a pot or in a rockery as groundcover – here are some of our favourite Geranium varieties:

Geranium Johnsons blue –  a personal favourite of many here at Johnsons of Whixley, this Geranium variety has masses of lavender-blue flowers with bright green foliage. Cut back after flowering for a second flush of flowers later in the summer.

Care level: easy

Flowers: May – September

Position: full sun – partial shade

Soil: well-drained soil

Hardiness: Hardy

Height x spread: up to 60cm x 60cm

Geranium miss Heidi – a fantastic clump-forming perennial with masses of small pink flowers, with deep violet veining throughout.

Care level: easy

Flowers: May – September

Position: full sun – partial shade

Soil: well-drained soil

Hardiness: Hardy

Height x spread: up to 45cm x 45cm

Geranium macrorrhizum Spessart – a lovely variety that blooms with white or pale pink flowers, this Geranium originates from mountainous regions, making it best suited in rockery areas.

Care level: easy

Flowers: May – September

Position: full sun – partial shade

Soil: well-drained soil

Hardiness: Hardy

Height x spread: up to 50cm x 60cm

Geranium phaeum – also known as ‘mourning widow’, it gets its name from its small, dark purple flowers that look beautiful against their light green foliage.

Care level: easy

Flowers: May – June

Position: full sun – partial shade

Soil: well-drained soil

Hardiness: Hardy

Height x spread: up to 80cm x 45cm

Geranium Rozanne – named as a plant of the centenary at the Chelsea flower show 2013 by RHS, this gorgeous geranium has beautiful, large saucer-shaped, blue flowers with deep pink/purple veining and a white centre.

Care level: easy

Flowers: May – September

Position: full sun – partial shade

Soil: well-drained soil

Hardiness: Hardy

Height x spread: up to 60cm x 80cm

Trees and plants for pollinators throughout the year

Trees and plants for pollinators throughout the year

June 21st, 2019 by

This week marks National Insect Week where we educate people of all ages to about insects, but more importantly, we should be encouraging our customers and the general public the of benefits insects and pollinators.

By taking the time to learn about how we can support pollinators for this specific week, we can educate people on how to support them throughout the year. Even though some insects hibernate, bees do surface when the temperatures are warm in autumn and early winter. Here’s our guide on the best trees and plants for pollinators for any season.

Spring trees and plants for pollinators

In a warmer spring, butterflies and bees start emerging from their autumn/winter hibernation and rely on pollen and nectar to survive. These trees and plants are pollinator friendly for this specific season:

Helleborus (Christmas rose) – a great winter/spring addition to your shaded spot in a garden that will provide a much-needed source of pollen for bees and butterflies once they come out of hibernation.

Mahonia ‘Winter Sun’ – this plant is found covered in bees during early spring. Their bright yellow flowers appear from November to March and are happiest when placed in full or partial shade.

Apple and crab apple trees – these trees rely on pollinators, without them, the trees would not bear fruit. The beautiful blossom from these varieties, such as Malus Domestica, provide a much-needed spring feast for bees.

Salix caprea (Goat/ Pussy willow) – another one that is hugely important to providing an early source of pollen for pollinators is this tree thanks to its golden catkins that come out in March.

Crocus – this plant offers a great source of pollen. Bumblebees are often seen not only collecting the pollen but sheltering inside the flower overnight.

Summer plants for pollinators

Moving into the summer season, these plant varieties are great options for pollinators to use during the warmer months of the year.

Echinacea’s (coneflower) – a great option for bees and butterflies as they pump out as much nectar in the morning as the afternoon, unlike other plant varieties.

Buddleia (butterfly bush) – the clue is in the name with this one as this really is covered in butterflies come June a great addition to a sunny border.

Lavender – an obvious (and popular) one as it has been loved by pollinators for hundreds of years. Place it in a sunny, dry and well-drained position.

Digitalis (foxgloves) – its bell-shaped flowers are very popular with bees, especially the bumblebee. Plant these in dappled shade for it to grow well.

Geraniums – this plant has a long blooming season which makes it a great addition to the garden for bees. Choose varieties such as Geranium Johnsons blue that will flower through to September.

Verbena – a plant that produces lots of nectar from July to October, they are loved by hoverflies, butterflies, bees and even dragonflies – a great addition to the middle or back of a border.

Autumn trees and plants for pollinators

Moving into the colder end of the year for a change of seasons brings another round of trees and plants that are great for pollinators in the autumn.

Sedum Autumn Joy – this will flower from late summer into early autumn where they are frequently visited by butterflies and bees.

Hedera (Ivy) – this is vital in helping to aid bees in the late season with its mature plants flowering in October and November.

Anemone Honorine Jobert – an option that will not only brighten up that shaded part of your garden but a favourite of bees as it flowers from August to October.

Heptacodium miconoides – with clusters of white flowers, this tree provides a great source of pollen from September to November when other varieties have stopped flowering.

Environmentally friendly garden tips and recommendations

Environmentally friendly garden tips and recommendations

May 29th, 2019 by

Environmentally friendly garden tips and recommendations

World environment day is being celebrated this June on the first Wednesday of the month, and it’s the perfect time to remind ourselves how important it is to encourage others to protect our environment.

To do our part in raising awareness we have come up with some tips on how to create an environmentally friendly garden, from conserving water to growing your own vegetables.

Limit your use of water 

Limiting the use of clean water is important for the environment, so why not recycle natural sources that can be used to water plants in any garden by installing a water butt.

To preserve your water, we recommend directing the supply to the roots of plants without wasting it on the leaves or flowers. Removing weeds will ensure the water is going towards your plants and is not being wasted further.

There have been several hosepipe bans in place across the country during the warmest periods of the year. You can help conserve your water usage by using a watering can in its place, and to consider the time of day; watering during the warmest part of the day would mean the water is more likely to evaporate in the heat and be ineffective. Prioritise young plants and seedlings over more established plants as these will survive longer periods without water.

Use drought-tolerant plants

Opting to use drought-tolerant plants, that require less watering, will be better for the environment in helping to save water.

There are plenty of options for any garden. If you’re looking for plants that do well in full sun, we’d recommend shrub varieties like lavender, rosemary and buddleia, or herbaceous varieties like Iris, Kniphofia and salvia. Alternatively, there are drought resistant plants that do well for shaded areas, such as Sarcococca, Hypericum, Euphorbia and Digitalis.

Plant a tree

When it comes to purifying the air, and helping to reduce air pollution in built-up areas, we recommend planting a tree to decrease carbon dioxide levels. Choose varieties with larger leaves and wide crowns to maximise photosynthesis. Trees can also provide additional benefits such as providing a home for local wildlife and reducing noise pollution.

Introduce pollinators

One-third of our crop supply in the UK relies on bees pollinating our plants. By introducing stock that bees are highly attracted to helps encourage them, and other pollinators, into your garden.

Protect wildlife habitats

Looking after our environment doesn’t just mean caring for the space itself, but also giving nature helping hand. The colder months of the year can be a struggle for local wildlife, but by building birdhouses with feeders, log piles for hedgehogs or even insect hotels, we can provide a safe space for them all year round.

Make organic compost

Having an environmentally friendly garden means having a space where you are largely self-sufficient. Make your own compost by using recycled elements from your garden or home, including leaves, grass cuttings, branches, natural debris, leftover fruit peels, eggshells and old newspapers.

Grow your own fruit and vegetables

Growing your own food is not only cost effective but rewarding. The fresh fruit and vegetables taste great while helping to reduce the environmental impact the shipping and plastic waste has from produce sold in supermarkets. Start with something easy to grow, such as carrots, potatoes, apples or berries, before tackling more challenging produce.

Adding colourful plants in May: Rhododendrons and Azaleas

Adding colourful plants in May: Rhododendrons and Azaleas

May 22nd, 2019 by

Adding colourful plants in May: Rhododendrons and Azaleas

May is the month where we see Rhododendrons and azaleas bursting into life as they produce their characteristic, brightly coloured flowers. With a choice of tubular, funnel or bell-shaped flowers, available in pinks, purples, yellows and oranges, there really is a Rhododendron and azalea for everyone.

Rhododendrons

Known for its spectacular flowers, Rhododendrons make a fantastic addition to an area of the garden where a pop of colour is needed during spring.

When it comes to planting, we would recommend ensuring they are placed somewhere that has dappled shade. They thrive in a woodland setting as well as growing well in sunny areas, provided it is sheltered and accompanied with well-drained, moist soil with a PH level of 4.5-6. Avoid planting in full shade as this will result in a limited amount of flowering.

For the best results, place your Rhododendrons in areas of high rainfall and plant in moist soil, using mulch to stop the plant from drying out.

Rhododendrons are fairly low maintenance, and require little pruning, other than the removal of dead wood and the deadheading of spent flowers.

Azaleas

Azaleas belong to the Rhododendron genus, and therefore are very similar plants. Smaller in comparison, but just as bold in colour, azaleas have beautiful flowers that can last for several weeks during spring.

For best results, we recommend planting azaleas in a cool, lightly shaded site to avoid burning the leaves. They can also be planted in the full sun as the leaves will be deprived of oxygen in heavy shade. Azaleas can work well in containers too, provided these are of the compact variety.

For best results, use an acidic soil with a PH level of 5-6 and choose an ericaceous compost when planting.

To maintain a more compact appearance, or to encourage a bushier growth, trim azaleas and cut their branches after their blooming period has finished as this helps to promote new growth.

Top picks available from our Cash & Carry

Rhododendron Golden Gate

Dark green leaves with beautiful, apricot pink flowers with a dark pink margin. Loved by bees, these plants would grow best in partial shade or full sun if sheltered.

Flowers: May – June

Position: Full sun – partial shade

Height: Up to 120cm

Spread: Up to 120cm

Rhododendron Kabarett

A pretty variety with purply pink flowers and a burgundy red marking that appears in May, this shrub is moderately vigorous and will grow up to 1m high.

Flowers: May – June

Position: Full sun – partial shade

Height: Up to 100cm

Spread: Up to 150cm

Azalea Jolie Madame

Trumpet-shaped, pink scented flowers with an orange blotch in the centre that look fantastic against their glossy green leaves. The perfect addition to an acidic border with a height and spread of 150cm.

Flowers: May – June

Position: Full sun – partial shade

Height: Up to 150cm

Spread: Up to 150cm

 

Azalea ‘Golden Eagle’

Large trumpet-shaped, orangey yellow flowers bloom in May, with a lime green foliage that takes on a shade of bronze and purple in the autumn.

Flowers: May – June

Position:  Full sun – partial shade

Height: Up to 200cm

Spread: Up to 150cm

Jobs for the garden this May

Jobs for the garden this May

May 1st, 2019 by

Not sure what to do in the garden this month? Here’s a list of jobs to put together by the chairman and horticulturist John Richardson

  1. When staking weaker growing herbaceous plants, use pea sticks about 12-18 ins taller than required, so the tops of the sticks can be bent over the clump to provide better support to the plant stems in the centre of the clump.

 

  1. Tall iris can easily become top heavy in wet weather; use thin 3ft canes to which iris can be tied separately.

 

  1. Make sure that all mulching is completed this month in order to conserve moisture in the months to come.

 

  1. Adjust the mower to the summer cutting height. Complete the sowing of any lawn areas that need re-seeding.

 

  1. Propagate greenhouse plants, particularly foliage and climbing plants. Increase shading as necessary but watch out for that odd late frost.

 

  1. Complete the planting of root-balled hedging this month and ensure that previously planted hedges have not been displaced by wind. Water if necessary.

 

  1. Thoroughly water newly planted trees and shrubs as a really good soak is better than more frequent small applications. A general balanced feed will help newly planted trees and shrubs in mid-May, followed by a mulch to retain moisture.

 

  1. Clip established privet, Ivy and lonicera nitida varieties and give topiary a quick trim if it appears unkempt.

 

  1. Slugs will be out in force this month, with so much young, fresh foliage around. Control by picking off by hand or using a biological control such as Nemaslug or chemicals based on ferric phosphate.

 

  1. Tie in clematis, roses, climbing hydrangeas and other fast-growing climbers.

 

  1. Plant up and locate hanging baskets which may suffer from frost if placed outside too early. Add water-retaining gel and long-release fertilizer for a good show!

 

  1. When the weather has warmed up and frosts are over, purchase and plant bedding plants (check when your local parks department is planting).
Hebe Magic varieties that really are spellbinding

Hebe Magic varieties that really are spellbinding

April 15th, 2019 by

When we think of Hebes, we naturally think of Hebe ‘Pagei’, Hebe ‘green globe’ or Hebe ‘Mrs Winder’, which are all fantastic shrubs in their own right, but they aren’t as spellbinding as the fantastic Hebe Magic colours collection. Find out why we think so below:

The Hebe Magic collection includes Hebe ‘Heartbreaker’, Hebe ‘Magic Summer’, Hebe ‘Frozen Flame’ and Hebe ‘Wild Romance’. All these plants change colour depending on the temperature and light intensity they are placed in. The plants can go from green, bronze and variegated in the summer, to wonderful reds, pinks and purples in winter – but which one tickles your fancy?

Hebe ‘Heartbreaker’ was the first in the Hebe Magic collection, and it really is a fantastic variety that will put on a colourful display throughout the year. Its cream edged green leaves can be seen through spring and summer, with mauve flowers between June and August, followed by vivid pink displays when the temperatures drop.

Hebe ‘Magic Summer’ has a grey green variegated leaf that turns a purple-red in winter and spring, which intensify as the temperature drops. It also has purple-blue flowers that will appear in early summer. This plant will look fantastic in a mixed border adding year-round interest to your garden or landscape.

Hebe ‘Frozen Flame’ also offers year-round interest with subtle, pale green foliage that includes veins of cream and deep purple-pink. These colours then intensify to a deeper pink-purple as the weather turns colder. As a compact shrub, it would make a great addition to a patio pot.

Hebe ‘Wild Romance’ is a great evergreen shrub that is ideal for beds, borders and containers – particularly when in a full sun to partial shade position. This hebe magic variety has dark green foliage that turns to deep burgundy at the end of each stem, that turns even darker going into the winter months.

Photinia ‘Red Robin’ VS Photinia ‘Carre Rouge’: which is best

Photinia ‘Red Robin’ VS Photinia ‘Carre Rouge’: which is best

April 9th, 2019 by

We have been producing Photinia ‘Red Robin’ on our nursery for over 25 years, however, we are always on the lookout for new and developing plant trends in our industry for our team to test new lines. Over the last couple of years, we have trialled several of the new Photinia ‘Carre Rouge’ variety and found it to be a tidier, and much more compact plant, with stronger red colouring.

So what are the highlights of both varieties, and what makes Photinia ‘Carre Rouge’ one to watch?

Photinia ‘Red Robin’ is a versatile evergreen shrub that can be used for hedging, trained against a wall and even used as a ½ std tree once trained. It is happy in most fertile soils, in either a sunny or shaded position. If you wish to encourage its strong red growth and more flowers, it will be better planted in a full sun position. White flowers appear by April and into May once the plant is better established. We have found Photinia ‘Red ‘Robin’ to become ‘leggy’ over time if it is not properly maintained, and left to run away with themselves, they can grow up to 4m tall and up to 4 m wide.

Photinia ‘Carre Rouge’ is a new compact variety that has blood red growth and smaller leaves reaching up to 2.5 m tall -nearly half the size of its mother plant Photinia ‘Red Robin’, – making it a much more appealing hedging variety, and an easily managed landscape shrub. Its red colouring is much more intense than that of ‘Red Robin’, while also being more tolerant of hard pruning and shaping. Similar to ‘Red Robin’, it produces white flowers come April and May if sited in a sunny position.

Production Manager Designate Robert Richardson said ‘’Photinia ‘Carre Rouge’ stays red whereas Photinia ‘Red Robin’ fades to green. It is also compact where a ‘Red Robin’ tends to sprawl and become unmanageable. I believe it is a much more appropriate plant for most landscape and garden settings, and in time, I can only see its popularity increasing.’’

Jobs to do in the garden in April

Jobs to do in the garden in April

April 5th, 2019 by

Spring is off to a slow start this year, which can mean the regular jobs to do in the garden in April might not be quite the same as last year. If you’re not sure what to do in the garden this month, here are our gardening reminders put together by chairman John Richardson.

1) Plant evergreen trees and shrubs this month when soil conditions are good.
2) A good time to move rhododendrons with a good root-ball.
3) Hard prune Forsythia after flowering, along with Buddleia davidii varieties and Hydrangea paniculata and Chaenomeles varieties.
4) Trim Lavenders to shape, but don’t cut back into the old wood.
5) Propagate perennials by division such as Michaelmas daisies, Rudbeckias and Heleniums.
6) Continue to dead-head spent daffodils, as well as other bulbs and winter flowering shrubs.
7) Divide primroses when they have finished flowering.
8) Tie in young shoots of climbing plants, including roses, ensuring their support structure is still sound.
9) Build raised beds for easier vegetable production throughout the year.
10) Mow lawns on a regular basis as growth increases.
11) Remove the top two inches of compost on containers and replace with a fresh layer.
12) Weeds will grow quickly this month, keep going around your space with a sharp hoe before they start getting too well established. Apply weed-killer to weeds in paved areas.
13) Ensure any compost you buy has been recently manufactured and is not last year’s production. Check in Which? Magazine for recommendations on using the one for your needs.
14) Make sure that all the old leaves have been removed from Hellebores.
15) Ensure you have given herbaceous plants enough support in the form of canes or twigs, it is much more difficult the later you leave it!
16) Be sure to ventilate greenhouses and cold frames on warmer days.
17) If you have doubts about the condition of your soil, invest in a soil test kit from a garden centre, they are cheaper than you think and are easy to use!

Growing plant Trends for 2019

Growing plant Trends for 2019

March 12th, 2019 by

Growing plant Trends for 2019

As one of the UK’s leading nurseries we are always looking into growing plant trends and themes in our industry by trialling new and exciting lines. Below are just a few of the new product lines our production team are trialling before they are ready to hit the market later this year, but will they make it through the tests of production manager Ian Nelson?

First on our plant trends list is the fantastic Helenium salud series that flowers from July to October. Some of its great characteristics include being drought-tolerant, heat-tolerant and pollinator-friendly.
So far, our trials of growing this plant have gone well and the Helenium’s have retained fresh foliage through to November.

Hakonechloa ‘All Gold’ is the second on our list. This popular grass has been around a while, and we are seeing an increasing demand for it across the market. It looks spectacular if grown in partial shade but does burn if subject to a lot of sunny summer days. This plant is fantastic in large numbers as it softens edges of pathways or borders, and it also works well in a patio planter.

The third of our growing plant trends is Senecio ‘Angel Wings’. A favourite of ours as it is also a plant that won a Glee new product award for when grown by Wyevale Nurseries. It is known for its dramatic silver white round, silver white coloured leaves. It will make a great premium potted plant that is sure to look great alongside others. Our production manager, Ian Nelson, put this plant to the test over winter, finding that it withstood horrible weather and soil conditions.

Cornus ‘Magic Flame’ is our final plant on trial. Although it will be difficult to beat the wonderful Cornus Midwinter Fire, known for its fiery coloured stems, its magic flame could offer a more intense hue through winter. Only time will tell, and with a small number on trial, we will see how it goes.

Production Manager Ian Nelson said: “We are always on the look-out for something new and attractive but durable. Appearance alone is not enough – the plant has got to be a ‘do-er’. Only when we’ve trialled it thoroughly in different environments and soils am I happy to say it’s a good one. We were punting Photinia Carre Rouge at the end of 2017 which is really starting to prove popular and is an excellent plant.”

Jobs to do in the garden this March

Jobs to do in the garden this March

March 1st, 2019 by

Not sure what to do in the garden this month? here are some jobs to do in the garden this March.

1) Prune strong growing Buddleias down to about 18” for a good show by summer. Prune to 30-40” for a denser but weaker overall growth.

2) Prune decorative Cornus and Salix to within 5cm of the old shoots to encourage next year’s coloured winter stems. Don’t prune ‘Midwinter Fire’ types too hard.

3) Feed roses with a general fertilizer and remember to do it again in summer.

4) Arrange to plant summer flowering bulbs when planting condition are good.

5) Finish pruning perennial which have not yet been cut back, don’t remove new green shoots. It is still time to lift and divide large herbaceous clumps. Re-plant or give away outer sections of the clump and destroy the centre of the plant.

6) When daffodils have flowered, remove dead heads to conserve energy.

7) Hellebores are now very popular, lift seedlings around parent plant and pot up.

8) As the weather improves, weed growth will begin in earnest, hoe off seedling weeds with a really sharp hoe and treat perennial weeds with Roundup.

9) Use fleece to cover delicate leaves when frost is imminent. Seedlings can be protected in the same way, hold fleece down with stones or tie to the pots.

10) New shrubs and herbaceous plants can be planted when soil conditions are good.

11) Finish pruning soft fruit bushes by mid-month and give a high nitrogen feed.

12) Lay fleece or polythene on bare soil to warm it before planting or sowing seeds or vegetables. Remember to apply slug pellets.

13) Consider mowing the lawn towards the end of the month, brush off worm casts if necessary as these blunt the mower. Apply a balanced fertilizer or combined feed and weed-killer.

14) After heavy snowfalls knock snow from upright conifers before branches get bent over. Most plants are better under snow in hard frost as they are well insulated.

15) In bad weather finalise plans for garden improvements and order the plants and sundries to enable you to start work as gardening conditions improve.

Great for ground cover plants

Great for ground cover plants

February 11th, 2019 by

Ground cover plants are a great addition to open landscapes and gardens of all sizes by filling in gaps and brightening up bare patches beneath trees. Here’s a list of our top six plants that will work in any environment.

  1. Alchemilla mollis has rounded light green leaves with green-yellow small flowers. Flowering from June through to August, it is known for growing in many conditions and is a fully hardy perennial, making it a great option for ground cover in borders.
  2. Vinca minor is well known for its capability in ground covering. This is one of our favourite ground cover plants as its pretty, star-like, blue flowers appear through most of the year, flowering through spring, summer and autumn. Another reason why it made our top six is down to the fact that is grows well in deep shade.
  3.  Persicaria Darjeeling red flowers in autumn, but this ground cover plant is also referred to as knotweed. Well known for its crimson upright flowers, which can be seen from September through to November, it will thrive best in well-drained soil when placed in full to partial shade.
  4. Waldsteinia ternata is a semi- evergreen with a ‘creeping’ growing quality that makes it a great ground cover plant. With bright yellow flowers against its green foliage, it works perfectly alongside a path or when used for edging a border under a tree or banking.
  5. Cornus canadensis, also known as creeping dogwood, is best grown in full sun to partial shade. Not only do they provide pretty white flowers in late spring to early summer, they follow with clusters of bright red berries in autumn.
  6. Hedera hibernica will thrive in most soil types and can be used as ground cover once the shoots are pinned down. It is a very fast growing plant, and may need more attention than other ground cover varieties to stop them growing out of control.
Jobs to do in the garden this February

Jobs to do in the garden this February

February 1st, 2019 by

Here are our Gardening Reminders for the month of February

1) Cut back ornamental grasses.
2) Divide and replant Snowdrops as the flowers go over.
3) Clean out existing bird nesting boxes and put up new ones.
4) Take hardwood cuttings of forsythia, deutzia, honeysuckle, jasmine, Virginia creeper, holly,
privet, cotoneaster, poplar, willow, gooseberries, etc
5) Pot up or transplant last year’s hardwood cuttings.
6) Consider planting shrubs or trees to provide winter colour in those dull conrners.
7) Repair broken fences, trellices,steps, and walls.
8) Repair any uneven areas of the lawn when the ground is firm.
9) Push single seed potatoes into half-filled plastic pots, adding compost as they grow.
10) Invest in a soil thermometer, when the soil temp. exceeds 5°C start sowings of hardy crops such as carrots, lettuce and radish direct into the ground.
11) Ensure that borders have been forked over in preparation for summer growth or new planting. Apply a general fertilizer around the beds at 2-3oz per sq. yd, also apply to new areas.
12) If weather warms up, take the opportunity to prepare compost and boxes for sowing half hardy annuals by the end of the month. You should have a heat source available for cold nights.
13) Plant roses as soil conditions permit, prune stems of new roses down to an outward facing bud 3-5” above the crown. Cut the stem cleanly just above the bud. Plant graft union just below soil level. Apply bone meal at 2oz. per sq. yd. and prick into surface. Firm soil around roots.
14) Prune climbing roses this month, keep 5 to 7 strong shoots and prune back all side shoots to within 3 buds of the base. Tie in all shoots securely. Prune Rambler roses in the autumn.
15) Prune shrub roses late February to encourage growth from the base. Remove some old shoots but don’t reduce height too much as they tend to flower on older wood.
16) Cut back Clematis Jackmanii and C. Viticella groups to about 12”. Pyracantha should be pruned to within 2 buds of the main frame except for extensions, if not done last autumn.
17) Complete formative pruning of trees by the month end. It may be necessary to limit growth to one leader to avoid a fork in the main stem, or removal of the leader if a bush form is required.
18) Do not apply heavy applications of fertilizer to naturalized bulbs as this will only encourage the surrounding grass.

Think outside the 'box' with these Buxus sempervirens alternatives

Think outside the ‘box’ with these Buxus sempervirens alternatives

January 6th, 2017 by

Think outside the ‘box’ with these Buxus sempervirens alternatives

Due to the ever-increasing problems of box blight, we have thought outside the ‘box’ with these Buxus sempervirens alternatives.

1. Sarcococca confusa -Try Sarcococca confusa for a fragrant evergreen hedge. It grows up to 60cm tall, in sun or partial shade.

2. Give Lonicera nitida a go. It forms a dense, fast-growing evergreen hedge and can be trimmed into various topiary shapes.

3.Why not try evergreen Berberis? Especially stenophylla, it forms a prickly, fast-growing hedge. Trim after flowering to keep it dense.

4.Give Ilex crenata a try. With its small glossy leaves, it has a similar appearance to Buxus and can make an attractive parterre.

5. Use Euonymus ‘Green Spire’. Its green foliage is an ideal substitute for Buxus and it will easily trim into a low hedge.

 

Trade sales and public sales – what’s the difference?

Trade sales and public sales – what’s the difference?

January 15th, 2017 by

Trade sales and public sales – what’s the difference?

Johnsons of Whixley is a supplier to DIY chains, independent garden centres and amenity projects across Europe.

We’re proud to enjoy strong relationships with such a wide range of clients, and the service we provide reflects the requirements of our customers in trade and amenity sector.

It’s important that our customers understand how this works in a trade environment and, more specifically, that we are unable to sell to customers of registered trade account holders shopping independently, even if they have the permission of the account holder.

Members of the public may only visit the site accompanied by the registered account holder and plants cannot be sold directly to non-account holders.

As a wholesale company, we are not rated for retail sales purpose and so it is a legal requirement that we do not sell directly to the general public.

This means that an invoice can only be prepared in the account holder’s name, and payment can be taken from the account holder only.

We are unable to discuss prices, provide planting advice or accept payment from anyone who is not a registered account holder with ourselves.

We hope that our customers are not offended by requests for proof of trade, or if we ask you to verify your account details.

The measures will protect our customers’ ability to invoice their own customers at their discretion, reduce the chances of us providing contrasting or conflicting advice and, ultimately, allow us to provide genuine trade customers with the best possible levels of value and service.

Six must have late-flowering perennials

Six must have late-flowering perennials

August 9th, 2017 by

With summer slowly disappearing before our eyes, and plants going over and ready to be cut back, there are still some late-flowering perennials, which are a must if you eager to add some much-needed late summer colour.

Six must have late-flowering perennials

1) Crocosmia ‘Lucifer’ are funnel shaped flowers as bright as a red tomato, which flower from August to September. Crocosmia ‘Lucifer’ will work best in a sunny herbaceous border alongside other bold colours, like Achillea or even Crocosmia ‘George Davison’. Crocosmia ‘Lucifer’ will reach up to 1m tall.

2) Crocosmia ‘George Davidson’ are Another Crocosmia with funnel shaped flowers in a yellow as bright as the sun. Growing slightly smaller at 80 to 90cm, Crocosmia ‘George Davidson’ will sit nicely in front of its bold brother, Crocosmia ‘Lucifer’, until September.

3) Rudbeckia ‘Summerina Orange’ are a stunning clump-forming perennial with rusty-coloured flowers with chocolate centres on long dark green stems. Giving colour from July to October a perfect addition to your summer border.

4) Echinacea ‘Magnus’ is not only is a favourite of butterflies, it’s one of mine too! Fantastic daisy like bright pink flowers with bright orange centres flower from July through to September – a must have for your herbaceous border.

5) Anemone ‘Honorine Jobert’ adds a fantastic splash of interest for late summer. Bright white flowers with yellow centres on long stems growing over 1 to 1.2 metres tall, which are great in partial shade, or at the back of a herbaceous border. They last from August to October.

6) Rudbeckia ‘Goldsturm’ are little rays of sunshine featuring golden yellow flowers with dark centres, which flower from August to October. They are ideal for a summer border, mixed with grasses.

Autumn is for planting

Autumn is for planting

August 22nd, 2017 by

Autumn is for planting

Summer may be disappearing before our eyes, but autumn is the best time to plant bulbs.

As we prepare for the changing of the seasons, Johnsons of Whixley’s Ellie Richardson provides a step-by-step guide to planting bulbs this autumn.

1) Choose a bulb. Make sure you research the area you are planting. Is it shady? In full sun or partial shade? Choose snowdrops for a shady spot, tulips for full sun and daffodils for partial shade.

2) Plant at the right time. Don’t plant bulbs any earlier than September. They will not do well.

3) Dig your hole. Dig a hole three times as deep as the bulbs height. Place the bulbs at least three bulb widths apart.

4) Put your bulb in. Make sure the roots point down and the bottom of the bulb touches the soil.

5) Feed your bulb. Add empathy bulb starter to give your bulbs a head start.

6) Sit back and wait ‘til Spring!

Six spring bulbs to mark the end of winter

Six spring bulbs to mark the end of winter

September 1st, 2017 by

There’s nothing like a meadow of golden daffodils to raise your spirits. But daffodils aren’t the only spring bulbs to mark an end to dark winter days and bring colour to the garden. Here’s six of our favourites.

For best results plant between September – October.

1) Daffodil Tete-a-Tete – A miniature bright yellow daffodil growing up to 15cm tall from March to April that will do well in partial shade. Think about planting around the edge of a tree or in a pot.

2) Crocus Ruby Giant – An early flowering Spring bulb, which flowers from February to March and will give you vibrant purple flowers at 5cm tall. They will look great naturalized on lawns.

3) Allium Purple Sensation – Purple globes on long stems that flower from May to June. They would look great amongst ornamental grasses or in the middle of a sunny perennial border.

4) Tulip Mistress – A beautiful pink tulip flowering in April and growing up to 60cm tall. Great planted in mass in either a mixed tulip pot or in a border situated in Partial shade or full sun.

5) Fritillaria-meleagris – Also known as snakehead fritillary with pink / purple checkboard flowers, and flowering from April to May. Perfect in a wildflower garden or woodland.

6) Hyacinthoides non-scripta – bell-shaped blue flowers that flower from April to May. Best in partial shade and would do great in a woodland area.

Six shade loving plants

Six shade loving plants

September 15th, 2017 by

Looking for plants that will do well in a shaded spot? Here’s six shade loving plants

Almost every garden has a bit of shade, this could be shade cast by buildings, trees, fencing or simply the positioning of your garden but don’t see this as a problem with these six shade loving plants.

1. Vinca Minor – A great low growing spreading ground cover with lavender purple flowers flowering from April to September – great for suppressing weeds and great at the front of a border in partial shade.

2. Hostas do great in partial shade and thrive in damp soil conditions but be sure to keep the slugs and snails away which create holes in the leaves. The darker the foliage of the hosta the better it will do in the shade.

3. Anemone ‘Honorine Jobert’ – Great to add a splash of colour at the end of summer into mid-autumn. These Anemone will flower from August to October and grow up to 120cm tall. Best at the back or the middle of a border.

4. Geranium Rozanne – A perfect plant doing well in partial shade to full sun, it’s great for under planting or filling in any empty gaps in your border, adding beautiful purple flowers from June through to September.

5. Ferns – Not only are ferns low maintenance, but they also thrive in a shady spot. Try Dryopteris filix-mas or polystichum setiferum for your shady planting plan.

6. Brunnera Jack Frost – I absolutely love the silvery foliage of a Brunnera ‘Jack Frost’. They would look great next to tiarellas, heucheras and ferns. Plant at the front of your shady border.

Intruder proof hedging range

Intruder proof hedging range

October 11th, 2017 by

Intruder proof your hedge this planting season with our intruder proof hedging range that offers a fantastic deterring method that will help keep human and animal intruders away.

1)Prunus spinosa – A prickly native hedging plant covered in thorns, great as a mixed native hedge with bright white flowers in Spring followed by green foliage and sloes which appear in Autumn. (Great for making Sloe Gin if you get to the sloes before the birds) Available as a bare root transplant at 40-60cm tall up to 200cm tall.

2)Crataegus monogyna – A popular native hedging plant known for its large thorns which can be seen after its green leaves fall in Autumn. It is also known for its white scented flowers which can be seen in Spring. Available in bare root sizes from 40-60cm up to 200cm tall.

3)Berberis varieties – Make a great intruder proof hedge due to its prickly thorns. They are available In 2L and 10L pots.

4)Ilex aquifolium – An evergreen with attractive leaves with a prickly edge that form a dense hedge. Ideal for keeping intruders out and available from a p9 pot up to a 20L.

5)Rosa canina – A prickly native variety that is fast growing with pale pink flowers in Summer. Bright Red rose hips come autumn, which are attractive to birds.

6)Pyracantha varieties – Known for their colourful berries available in yellow, reds and oranges which will last from Autumn through to Spring if left untouched by birds. Great against a back wall these Pyracantha will stop intruders. Available potted throughout the year.

Trees with autumn interest

Trees with autumn interest

October 17th, 2017 by

Looking for trees with autumn interest? here’s a few of our favourites looking fantastic right now.

1. Euonymus alatus – Dark green leaves that turn to a bright attractive red in Autumn. Once its leaves are shed you are left with its unusual winged stems and branches that create winter interest.

2. Liquidambar styraciflua ‘worsplendon’ – Attractive Loped leaves that are green in Spring/Summer and go from yellow to orange and then red in Autumn before falling from the tree.

3. Amelanchier lamarckii – A tree with lots of interest through the seasons from its white star shaped flowers in Spring with bronze leaves that turn to dark green and in Autumn turn orange and red.

4. Parrotia persica – A fantastic tree with year round interest with its flowers in late Winter and early spring with yellows, reds and purples on the leaves come Autumn.

5. Acer ‘Autumn Moon’ – Bright green leafs in Spring and Summer followed by dramatic pink, peach and flame colours in Autumn. Perfect addition to a Japanese garden.

6. Parthenocissus quinquefolia – Known for its Autumn colour a vigorous climber that goes from green in Spring and Summer to a bright red and orange in Autumn.

Fast growing hedging plants

Fast growing hedging plants

October 27th, 2017 by

Fast growing hedging plants

With the bare root and root ball planting season just around the corner here is our guide to some popular fast growing hedging varieties.

Fast growing varieties are a cost effective way of establishing a fully formed garden parterre and are available in various pot sizes and root balls.

1.Cupressus Leylandii – a very fast growing hedging variety that can grow up to 3ft per year with its eventual height reaching up to 12m tall. Great as a windbreak, general barrier and for noise reduction. Available in various different pot sizes and heights.

2.Prunus Rotundifolia (common laurel) – A great fast growing dense evergreen hedging plant which can grow 2ft per year and is available container grown throughout the year or as a root ball from November – March.

3.Prunus lusitanica (Portuguese Laurel) – A hardy evergreen shrub offering screening throughout the year with growth rates of 60cm + a year. Fantastic for screening, noise reduction and wind protection. Available container grown throughout the year or as a root ball from November – March.

4.Thuja plicata (Western Red Cedar) – a hardy hedging plant that will form a dense hedge and grow on average 75cm per year. Doesn’t require as much trimming as leylandii. Available as container grown throughout the year or as a root ball from November – March.

5.Photinia ‘Red Robin’ an attractive garden hedge growing up to 2ft per year keeping its leaves in the winter. Characterised by its brilliant red new growth. Available container grown throughout the year or as a root ball from November – March.

6.Ligustrum ovalifolium (Common Privet)– Growing 40-60cm per year this popular semi-evergreen hedging plant is known for its neat oval leaves that are pollution tolerant, great for screening and effective for noise reduction. Available throughout the year as a container grown plant or as a rootball come November – March.

Our guide to the bare root season

Our guide to the bare root season

October 31st, 2017 by

Check out our guide below for the bare root and root ball seaso

1. Choose your hedging variety – Make sure you research the area that you are planting. What is it you are needing. Is it functional or ornamental? If its privacy plant Laurel, Yew, Leylandii or Thuja.

2. For security plant Hawthorn, Blackthorn, Pyracantha or Berberis.

3. Plant at the right time – planting between November to March is the best time for bare root and root ball plants ensuring the best possible start whilst dormant.

4. Dig your hole – Dig the right size hole for your bare root or root ball. Aim to ensure that the planting depth is equal to depth of the ball or recognises the obvious planting band on a bare root plant.

5. Spread the roots and firm – Before planting gently spread out the roots or tease them out of a root ball. Back fill with soil and gently firm in to eliminate any air ensuring soil is in contact with the newly planted root.

6. Water – Winter can be just as dry so ensure you water in well and monitor the soil moisture level thereafter.

Reasons to plant a bare root or root ball hedge

Reasons to plant a bare root or root ball hedge

November 1st, 2017 by

There are lots of compelling reasons to plant a bare root or root ball hedge, see some of our reasons below.

Save Money – Planting a bare root or root ball hedge is usually much cheaper than planting an equivalent container grown hedge.

Attract wildlife – Planting a hedge provides a home for insect’s birds and other mammals. It is also a great source of shelter and food.

Stop intruders – Planting a hedge can deter thieves. There is a host of ‘spiky’ plant options – ornamental and native!

Reduces noise and Assists with Privacy – Planting a hedge reduces noise pollution and creates a green screen barrier that softens any boundary thus ensuring privacy.

A wider range is available – A wider range of sizes and varieties are available throughout the bare root and root ball season to suit both ‘situation & pocket’!

Absorb rainfall – Hedging absorbs rainfall and reduces run off this mitigates the impact of waterlogging and flooding.

Tree size guide

Tree size guide

November 15th, 2017 by

Not sure what size tree you need this bare root and root ball season? Check out our tree size guide above.

Note: Girth is measured as circumference at 1m high. For example a 6-8cm Girth Tree is a hefty broom handle thickness.

Jobs to do in the garden this January

Jobs to do in the garden this January

January 1st, 2018 by

Jobs to do in the garden this January

1) Rake dead leaves out of ponds to prevent water stagnating.

2) Plant winter aconites.

3) Remove dead and dying foliage from hellebores.

4) Plant fruit trees and cane fruits, mulch newly planted trees (do not build compost up around the trunks of trees).

5) If the grass needs cutting due to mild weather, remove mowings as too cold for decomposition.

6) Lift self-sown Cyclamen coum seedlings and replant where most effective for winter display.

7) Cut out reverted stems from variegated evergreens. These will be green only, and appear stronger than variegated stems.

8) Pick up all fallen foliage in the greenhouse to prevent disease establishment.

9) Clean rainwater gutters from all garden related buildings to prevent over-flow.

10) If very hard frosts are anticipated wrap tender plants such as Agapanthus with straw or bubble-wrap and tie securely.

11) Continue to remove fallen leaves and twigs in the shrubbery and lightly fork soil over.

12) Shorten the summer growths of Wisteria (already reduced in September) to 2 buds.

13) Nets draped over the branches are the only reliable way to prevent birds from damaging the buds of flowering cherries.

14) Check all trees and fruit trees to ensure that the root-stock of the tree is not growing in competition with the scion variety.

15) Prune overgrown hedges hard in winter, during frost-free weather. Cut back yew and privet severely to within 15cm of the main stem. For hornbeam and beech cut right back to the main stem to prevent tufty growth. Prune one side one year and the other side the following year.

16) In freezing conditions ensure that the ice on ponds is broken to allow the escape of toxic gases. Do NOT hammer the ice as it may stun the fish. Apply bottles containing hot water.

17) If water remains on the lawn surface for some time after rain, check for blocked drains. If there is no system, make plans to put such work in hand.

18) Take the frosty weather and dark nights to look up the answers to the questions you keep asking yourself whilst you are doing a whole rage of jobs during better gardening conditions!

Plants that are guaranteed to encourage birds into your garden

Plants that are guaranteed to encourage birds into your garden

February 1st, 2018 by

Its national bird feeding month so we have come up with some plants that are guaranteed to encourage birds into your garden!

1) Holly (Ilex) is definitely a bird’s favourite. Its dense prickly leaves offer windproof shelter along with berries for a Christmas feast. Blackbirds and thrushes are usually the first to strip a holly bush of its berries. Available as root balls in the winter and container plants in a multitude of sizes throughout the year.

2) Mature Ivy (Hedera) offers masses of autumn berries. Song thrushes and Wood pigeons are usually the first to enjoy these.

3) Pyracantha (Firethorn) are an attractive heavily berried prickly plant providing not only protection from predators but is a tasty food source too, a favourite with finches, sparrows, starlings and song thrushes.

4) Hawthorn (Quickthorn) berries are a favourite for Chaffinches, Starlings, Blackbirds and Greenfinches. The leaves are the food plant for Caterpillars of many species of moth, providing food for baby birds in spring. We have a great selection of bare root hedging available from 40-60cm tall up to 175-200cm tall.

5) Cotoneaster branches are always full of small red berries from autumn onwards and provide great shelter for a nesting site. They are popular with thrushes, Blackbirds and Waxwings.

6) It’s great to leave seed heads on over winter as they provide an additional food source for birds – particularly Greenfinches and Goldfinches.

Jobs to do in the garden this February

Jobs to do in the garden this February

February 1st, 2018 by

Jobs to do in the garden this February

1) Cut back ornamental grasses.

2) Divide and replant Snowdrops as the flowers go over.

3) Clean out existing bird nesting boxes and put up new ones.

4) Take hardwood cuttings of forsythia, deutzia, honeysuckle, jasmine, Virginia creeper, holly,privet, cotoneaster, poplar, willow, gooseberries, etc

5) Pot up or transplant last year’s hardwood cuttings.

6) Consider planting shrubs or trees to provide winter colour in those dull conrners.

7) Repair broken fences, trellices,steps, and walls.

8) Repair any uneven areas of the lawn when the ground is firm.

9) Push single seed potatoes into half-filled plastic pots, adding compost as they grow.

10) Invest in a soil thermometer, when the soil temp. exceeds 5°C start sowings of hardy crops such as carrots, lettuce and radish direct into the ground.

11) Ensure that borders have been forked over in preparation for summer growth or new planting. Apply a general fertilizer around the beds at 2-3oz per sq. yd, also apply to new areas.

12) If weather warms up, take the opportunity to prepare compost and boxes for sowing half hardy annuals by the end of the month. You should have a heat source available for cold nights.

13) Plant roses as soil conditions permit, prune stems of new roses down to an outward facing bud 3-5” above the crown. Cut the stem cleanly just above the bud. Plant graft union just below soil level. Apply bone meal at 2oz. per sq. yd. and prick into surface. Firm soil around roots.

14) Prune climbing roses this month, keep 5 to 7 strong shoots and prune back all side shoots to within 3 buds of the base. Tie in all shoots securely. Prune Rambler roses in the autumn.

15) Prune shrub roses late February to encourage growth from the base. Remove some old shoots but don’t reduce height too much as they tend to flower on older wood.

16) Cut back Clematis Jackmanii and C. Viticella groups to about 12”. Pyracantha should be pruned to within 2 buds of the main frame except for extensions, if not done last autumn.

17) Complete formative pruning of trees by the month end. It may be necessary to limit growth to one leader to avoid a fork in the main stem, or removal of the leader if a bush form is required.

18) Do not apply heavy applications of fertilizer to naturalized bulbs as this will only encourage the surrounding grass.

Create a ‘fragrant garden’ with these plants

Create a ‘fragrant garden’ with these plants

February 12th, 2018 by

Create a ‘fragrant garden’ with these plants

Ever wanted to create a ‘fragrant garden’ but not sure what to plant? Check out our guide below.

1) Lavender has been used for thousands of years for its scent in the garden including its use for essentials oils. It has also been used for many years, dried out and put in small sachets to freshen linen, closets and drawers. Lavenders will flower from July through to September giving you months of fresh fragrance to enjoy.

2) Trachelospermum jasminoides are a climbing plant famous for their smell which is often recognised in many perfumes. They prefer full sun and flower from June – August. Its dark green leaves turn to bronze come autumn.

3) Sarcococca humilis offers some winter scent, it flowers between December & February. They are renowned for their vanilla like aroma and will grow well in shade.

4) Looking for a scented cloud on your walk through the garden? Daphne aureomarginata is another fantastic fragrant plant that flowers from January until April. It is known for its pale pink flowers and thrives best in a sunny sheltered position.

5) Lonicera Graham Thomas flowers from June through to August and creates a colourful feature up a trellis or garden wall in sun or in partial shade. Its creamy white flowers are highly scented.

6) Rosa de L’hay is known for its masses of heavily perfumed flowers that are a rich purple in colour, it would look great at the back of a shrub border and will flower from July to September.

Six cottage garden favourites

Six cottage garden favourites

February 20th, 2018 by

Six cottage garden favourites

Ever wanted to create a cottage garden? Here’s our top 6 plants to create that cottage garden feel.

1) Digitalis offer height with their long tubular bells in bright colours that offer a fantastic feast to bees. Digitalis flower from June – July.

2) Lupins will also add height to the back of a cottage garden bed but do stake to stop them from falling over. Lupins will flower from June – September In bright purples, pinks and various other colours.

3) No cottage garden would be complete without roses, climbing roses would look fantastic against a trellis, pergola or the walls of your house. Some of the old fashioned rose varieties are sure to add lots of fragrance to your garden between June – August.

4) Lavender would look great either side of a pathway up to your cottage door, adding fragrance and colour from early – midsummer.

5) Choose a Geranium like ‘Johnsons blue’ that are low growing and will creep around other plants, spill on to pathways and often repeat flower.

6) Hydrangeas are a great addition to a large cottage garden with their large clusters of white, pink or blue flowers in August – September that do best in full sun or partial shade.

Gardening Reminders for the month of March

Gardening Reminders for the month of March

March 1st, 2018 by

Here are our Gardening Reminders for the month of March

1) Prune strong growing Buddleias down to about 18” for a good show by summer. Prune to 30-40” for a denser but weaker overall growth.

2) Prune decorative Cornus and Salix to within 5cm of the old shoots to encourage next year’s coloured winter stems. Don’t prune ‘Midwinter Fire’ types too hard.

3) Feed roses with a general fertilizer and remember to do it again in summer.

4) Arrange to plant summer flowering bulbs when planting condition are good.

5) Finish pruning perennial which have not yet been cut back, don’t remove new green shoots. It is still time to lift and divide large herbaceous clumps. Re-plant or give away outer sections of the clump and destroy the centre of the plant.

6) When daffodils have flowered, remove dead heads to conserve energy.

7) Hellebores are now very popular, lift seedlings around parent plant and pot up.

8) As the weather improves, weed growth will begin in earnest, hoe off seedling weeds with a really sharp hoe and treat perennial weeds with Roundup.

9) Use fleece to cover delicate leaves when frost is imminent. Seedlings can be protected in the same way, hold fleece down with stones or tie to the pots.

10) New shrubs and herbaceous plants can be planted when soil conditions are good.

11) Finish pruning soft fruit bushes by mid-month and give a high nitrogen feed.

12) Lay fleece or polythene on bare soil to warm it before planting or sowing seeds or vegetables. Remember to apply slug pellets.

13) Consider mowing the lawn towards the end of the month, brush off worm casts if necessary as these blunt the mower. Apply a balanced fertilizer or combined feed and weed-killer.

14) After heavy snowfalls knock snow from upright conifers before branches get bent over. Most plants are better under snow in hard frost as they are well insulated.

15) In bad weather finalise plans for garden improvements and order the plants and sundries to enable you to start work as gardening conditions improve.

Plants to attract butterflies to your garden

Plants to attract butterflies to your garden

March 12th, 2018 by

Plants to attract butterflies to your garden

To celebrate butterfly week we thought we would share some of a butterflies favourite plants. It is said that 70% of the UK’S butterfly population are in decline. By planting some of these you could help save butterflies from any further decline.

1) Just one Buddleja in your garden is enough to attract a hoard of butterflies, after all its known as the ‘butterfly bush.’ Buddleja is full of nectar which is a butterfly’s primary food source.

2) Scabiosa were very popular with butterflies last year, flowering from June to September they provide a good amount of nectar for butterflies throughout the season. These plants thrive in full sun as do Butterflies!

3) Lavender is full of nectar which means it’s never short of a butterfly or two, three four etc. Lavender will do best in a sunny position and fill flower from July to September.

4) Last summer our Escallonia ‘Pink Elle’ were full of butterflies from June through to August. Escallonia’s not only look great in summer but their dark glossy foliage looks great throughout the year.

5) It’s no wonder Echinacea are attractive to butterflies with their large cone shaped flowers, they prefer full sun and will flower from July to September.

6) Verbena bonariensis are sure to keep butterflies happy in late summer when they flower from June right through to September they will do great in full sun.

How to attract butterflies to your garden

How to attract butterflies to your garden

March 10th, 2018 by

How to attract butterflies to your garden

Want to attract butterflies to your garden? Here’s our top tips:

1) “Butterflies like a lot of sunlight”! Be sure to choose plants that do well in full sun like Echinacea, Verbena and Lavender.

2) Do choose native and non-native plants to encourage different butterflies to your garden

3) Try to provide nectar throughout the butterfly season choosing early and late bloomers.

4) Prolong flowering by deadheading flowers, this will encourage a second lot of flowers – meaning more nectar for butterflies!

5) Do try to plant along a fence, building or hedge to protect butterflies from the wind.

6) Place a rock in a sunny spot for butterfly basking and resting.

Gardening Reminders for the month of April

Gardening Reminders for the month of April

April 1st, 2018 by

Here are our Gardening Reminders for the month of April

1) Prune early flowering shrubs after flowering is over.

2) Prune foliage shrubs when cut foliage is required later in the year.

3) Mulch shrubs when weather begins to warm up, but not deeply into the centre of
the shrub when growing from a stool.

4) Continue to divide herbaceous plants if necessary.

5) Plant evergreen shrubs, mulch and water in well. Continue to water if dry.

6) Cut off dead hydrangea flowers.

7) Mulch fruit trees and bushes.

8) Plant Raspberry canes.

9) Rake lawns to remove worm casts, twigs, and old grass.

10) Apply spring fertilizer dressing to lawns as weather warms up.

11) Apply grass seed to thin areas of the lawn and rake in. Cover with fleece for a few
days if there is a problem with birds eating the seed.

12) Lightly trim lavenders (but not into the old wood) to stop them getting leggy.

13) By mid to late April soil should be warm enough to sow hardy annuals directly
where you wish them to flower.

14) Towards the end of the month collect woody twigs to use as supports for perennials before they get too long and straggly.

15) Keep up with weed control, concentrate on Dandelions, bindweed, cleavers, creeping yellow cress, and hairy bittercress as they seed and germinate so easily.
16) Cut back Lavatera hard to carry this summer’s flowers.

17) Check stakes and ties of trees planted in the last 2 years, stakes to be still sound and ties not strangling the tree.

18) Make sure you planted your Magnolia in a site which is not exposed and does not receive the morning sun, as these conditions may cause May frost damage.

19) Reversion occurs in a number of variegated trees and shrubs, foliage becomes green and the shoots grows strongly. Cut out these shoots as soon as possible, and as close to the stem as possible.

The benefits of gardening to your health

The benefits of gardening to your health

May 1st, 2018 by

The benefits of gardening to your health

1) Spending time in the garden provides sunlight which in turn gives you some much needed vitamin D.

2) Gardening for several hours a week could help you to lose weight. It is said that you can burn up to 500 calories per hour of gardening depending on the activity.

3) Being out in the garden and exposed to different microbes helps to build up your immune system which in turn helps you to fight colds and flu.

4) Gardening is great for relieving stress and is a great distraction from the day to day stresses in life.

5) Growing your own vegetables, herbs and fruit is not only rewarding but is great for your diet too.

Why gardening is great for the mind

Why gardening is great for the mind

April 30th, 2018 by

Why gardening is great for the mind

1) Gardening is great for the mind and is a mood booster. Being busy in the garden keeps your mind occupied and focused and gives you that feel good factor.

2) Gardening is great for physical activity and you can burn up to 500 calories per hour of gardening.

3) Gardening is great for relieving stress and reduces levels of cortisol.

4) Flowers and the outdoors are known to improve your mood. Getting outdoors, gardening or visiting your local National Trust garden is sure to improve how you’re feeling.

5) Gardening requires skills that protect the brain from ageing and has links to decreasing the risk of dementia.

6) Gardening is linked to a better night’s sleep, the physical activity will tire you out.

Jobs to do in the garden this May

Jobs to do in the garden this May

May 1st, 2018 by

Jobs to do in the garden this May 

1) Plants should be staked before they become too big and start to flop. Methods to use include pea sticks, bending the tops across at the top to form a canopy, upright canes around each clump with twine tied around the canes, wire netting supported by canes in a cylinder around tall plants, or tall plants tied to individual canes of the ultimate plant size.

2) Still time to plant container roses to replace those that have deteriorated over winter, or to fill that hole in the border, Water new plants thoroughly. Spray against greenfly in early morning or evening, but not when wet. Check for specific advice on sprays against black spot and other diseases.

3) Apply a balanced fertilizer around shrubs and water shrubs which have been spring planted and will still have limited root systems. May is a good time to plant evergreens if there is significant rain or water will need to be applied. Keep new growths of wall plants tied which help when pruning in late June. Prune clematis montana types quite hard after flowering to ensure a good show next year.

4) Keep weeds down by hoeing or chemical weed control, use Roundup against perennial weeds. A 10cm layer of mulch (mushroom compost or well-rotted garden compost ) will
supress weeds and help conserve moisture.

5) Complete the planting of root-balled or pot grown evergreen hedges, water the hedge line the day before planting and again when planting is completed. When conifer hedges have reached
the required height, cut back the leader shoot to 6” below this height to encourage branching lower in the stem and a neat compact top to the hedge.

6) Pick off dead flower heads of Rhododendrons and Azaleas to allow new growth to develop and mulch with leaf-mould.

7) Clip Lonicera nitida hedges monthly to maintain a good shape. Clip Privet regularly. Clip Forsythia and flowering Currant hedges after flowering. Weed and hoe under hedges.

8) Feed top fruit and soft fruit and use nets to protect bushes from birds as flowers develop.

9) Cut back Ivy and Ceanothus which has finished flowering.

10) 1f you have not used weed-killer to treat the lawn this spring, use the grass mowings to mulch trees and hedge plants.

11) Some plants like Forget-me-nots can spread very rapidly, to contain them pull up the plants as soon as they finish flowering to prevent them seeding every-where.

12) Watch out for the vivid red Lily beetles which will be apparent from mid-month, hold a hand underneath them when trying to catch them as the try and drop to the ground. They lay their
eggs under the leaves and the grub covers itself with its own faeces. SQUASH them!

13) Trim lawn edges frequently when dry to develop a firm edge which will not sink when walked upon.

14) Set the mower blades to their final height for the summer, and apply a top-dressing of a nitrogen fertilizer in late May. Water when conditions require it, don’t under-water, but make
sure that water is getting to the roots of trees and bigger shrubs.

Plants to create that ‘Chelsea’ feel

Plants to create that ‘Chelsea’ feel

January 15th, 2018 by

Plants to create that ‘Chelsea’ feel

Feeling inspired by the Chelsea Flower Show this week? Here are’s some plants to create that ‘Chelsea’ feel.

1) Digitalis is available in an array of fantastic colours and are sure to impress the neighbours through May – July.They prefer partial shade and will look great in the middle or the back of a border.

2) Get the Chelsea look by using Lupins, known for their bright colours, they are great for that cottage garden feel and will flower from June – September.

3) Another Chelsea favourite is, Geum, we’d recommend using a bright colour like Geum totally tangerine – these are great when used in your Chelsea border alongside Salvia.They prefer full sun and will flower from June – August.

4) Salvia are available in pinks and purples, and Salvia Caradonna is one of our favourites. It would and look great with both Geums and Achillea.

5) Buxus shaped as cones or balls add great formality to a garden with minimum upkeep.They look great at the front of a border or in between plants.

6) Agapanthus make the perfect Chelsea plant, and if you don’t have enough room to create a full Chelsea garden, a few pots filled with Agapanthus will do the trick.

Great plants to encourage children to garden

Great plants to encourage children to garden

May 25th, 2018 by

Great plants to encourage children to garden

Want to get your kids excited about gardening? Here are our top six plants

1) Echinacea Magnus – its bright pink flowers are sure to attract bees and butterflies, which is great when teaching your child all about pollination. They will also look great in a vase on the window sill once picked.

2) Sunflowers are great to grow from seed. Not only do they germinate quickly, but you can start the seed growing inside. This is the perfect flower to grow with siblings as you can have competitions to see whose grows biggest.

3) Stachys, also known as lambs ears, are known for their soft woolly leaves, making them a must0touch plant for your child and a great addition to a sensory garden.

4) Planting Bulbs like daffodils, tulips and crocus is not only an easy task to get your kids involved with in the autumn, but it will also be great for them to see come spring when they bloom.

5) Mint and other herbs are easy to grow in a small pot and can be used in the kitchen.

6) Tomatoes grow very easily from seed and can be grown in hanging baskets if you’re lacking space. It’s fun to watch them grow, and it’s always great to eat freshly-grown veg!

Five ideas to get your children into gardening this summer

Five ideas to get your children into gardening this summer

May 19th, 2018 by

Five ideas to get your children into gardening this summer

Want to include your child in your next Saturday afternoon in the garden? Here are our top tips to get them interested.

1. Choose flowers that are easy to grow from seed like sunflowers, poppies and marigolds. This will encourage your child and show them how rewarding gardening can be.

2. Pointing out wildlife and pollinators is not only educational but shows just how important they are to us.

3. Grow your own vegetables and let your children pick them ready for their tea.

4. Make gardening fun by creating a fairy garden, a pizza garden or even make a scarecrow – get creative!

5. Choose activities your child can easily get involved with, like watering!

Half a dozen home-grown flowers to mark British Flowers Week

Half a dozen home-grown flowers to mark British Flowers Week

June 20th, 2018 by

Half a dozen home-grown flowers to mark British Flowers Week

To mark British Flowers Week, we’ve published a list of six of our favourite Briitish flowers that we enjoying seeing across the country throughout the year.

1. Bluebells – The UK is home to about half of the world’s bluebell population, which cover our woodlands. They do great in shade and flower mid-April to late May. Available as a bulb in September.

2. Foxgloves date back to the 1500s, where they got their name from an English myth that foxes wore the flowers on their paws. The hillside of fox’s dens were often covered in foxgloves. Digitalis thrive in partial shade and are a great addition to a cottage garden come the summer.

3. Rosa canina dates back to the age of Shakespeare and can be found in hedgerows, woodland and scrubland across the UK. Known for their flower in May and June and its fruit come September, October time.

4. Primula veris, also known as cowslip, is a plant of traditional hay meadows, ancient woodlands and hedgerows. It gets its name from being found among the manure in cow pastures.

5. Anthriscus sylvestris also known as cow parsley or Queen Anne’s lace, which received its name from when Queen Anne travelled the countryside in May, when the roadsides had been decorated for her, are seen up and down our verges and roadsides.

6. Convallaria majalis, also known as lily of the valley, is found in woodlands throughout the UK in May and was seen in recent years in the bouquet of Catherine Middleton.

Jobs to do in the garden this July

Jobs to do in the garden this July

July 1st, 2018 by

Jobs to do in the garden this July

1) July is set to be the driest month ever recorded in the UK. Water is best applied to plants in the form of a good soak, and not a spray over, which evaporates in no time at all, and little
gets to the deeper roots. Don’t forget to leave fresh water for birds and small animals.

2) Applications of water at the rate of 1 inch (2.5 cm) per application will replace the water deficit when applied weekly in mid-summer. Ensure that your sprinkler is producing an even pattern, and there is no water run-off on a slope. Check application rates and uniformity with a rain gauge or plant saucers spread across the sprinkler area. Never water during the heat of the day,best times are early morning or late evening.

3) If the garden is to be left for some time in mid-summer, consider cutting back the tops of all flowering plants to stop seed being set and germinating without control. This should also lead to a good display of flowers later in the season.

4) Lawns may turn brown in dry conditions in summer, but will rapidly green up as soon as rain comes or irrigation is applied. Let grass grow a little bit longer to reduce stress and cut the lawn weekly to prevent it becoming too long. You can leave the grass mowing’s on the lawn in dry weather to act as a mulch and further help to save moisture. Remove obvious weeds as these too
will compete for water.

5) Hoeing lightly is an effective way of reducing water loss, not only does it eliminate weed competition for water, but a fine tilth on the soil surface helps prevent transpiration, but don’t hoe too deeply. A mulch of garden compost is another very good method of helping reduce water loss, and also helps increase soil organic matter.

6) Check the moisture level of hanging baskets every morning and water thoroughly if dry. Feed plants with a soluble or liquid feed once per week and remove flower heads which are going over.

7) Prune pyracanthas by cutting back side-shoots to 2-3 leaves from their base for a good show next year. Wear gloves!! When the first flush of hardy geranium and Alchemilla is over, cut them hard back for a spectacular second flush of flowers.

8) Clear foliage from ponds and remove weeds from around the edges, and excess growth from water lily foliage. Make sure the soil in bog gardens doesn’t dry out.

9) Remove spent rose flower heads and maintain the sprays to combat greenfly rust, mildew andblackspot if appropriate. Apply a summer rose feed fertilizer in the middle of the month.

10) Trim quickthorn hedges and continue to keep hedge bottoms clean by hoeing or the use of Gramoxone. Always check for nesting birds before cutting hedges in summer.

11) Check all plant ties, and that all herbaceous forms of support are strong enough for the new growth.

12) Be sure to keep hydrangeas well-watered, they are very quick to show the shortage of water bydropping heavily.

13) Keep hardy and half-hardy annuals well-watered and weed-free. Try not to walk on the beds as the plants damage easily. It is usual to place a plank across two boxes to help with weeding and the removal of spent flowers.

14) Can compost can be harmful in holes dug for new trees? Guy Barter, chief horticultural adviser at the RHS, says: “The compost rots and the tree settles down too far in the soil and as a
result root and stem rot can set in. It’s best to plant trees in plain old soil.”

Six white plants for Wimbledon

Six white plants for Wimbledon

July 5th, 2018 by

Six white plants for Wimbledon

This week marks the start of Wimbledon and to celebrate we have put together a list of six of our favourite white plants that are flowering now.

1) Philadelphus ‘Belle Etoile’ has a lovely fragrance with flowers up to 5cm across. Suitable in any aspect of the garden but particularly great at the back of a border.

2) Anemone Wild Swan flowers earlier in the season than other anemone. It prefers a sheltered spot to grow in.

3) Achillea The Pearl produces little white buttons of flowers and was favoured by designer Gertrude Jeykll.

4) Campanula White Clips is a low grower, which produces masses of large bell-like flowers; looks great in a rockery.

5) Rosa Kent is great for producing masses of white flowers and good ground cover.

6) Leucanthemum Freak are great for giving height to borders and have a long flowering season if you deadhead regularly.

Get a lawn as good as a golf course

Get a lawn as good as a golf course

July 16th, 2018 by

Get a lawn as good as a golf course

To celebrate the British Open Golf tournament this week, we have come up with some tips to help you get a lawn as good as a golf course.

A regular maintenance programme will help avoid the need to renovate later.

1) Mowing – this should be done regularly between spring and autumn,with once a week being the ideal amount during these seasons. In summer, cut twice a week, unless in drought conditions, then drop back to one. Never mow wet, dewy or frosted grass.

2) Remove Moss – Moss forms in grass when there is a poor growing condition, such as shaded, waterlogged or compacted soil. Scarification in the autumn is ideal on smaller lawns. Organic moss control can be applied after the grass has been cut short.

3) Feeding – In March and April, apply a spring feed which will help increase vigour and help tackle weeds and moss. It is always best applied to wet grass, and not dry. If vigour is lost between April and August, repeat the spring feed application in cool conditions.

4) Watering – Water to a depth of 10cm as the soil becomes dry, but before the grass starts turning brown. If the ground has become hard and compacted, aerate with a garden fork before watering. Watering once a week should be sufficient unless in drought conditions. Water either early morning or evening, and don’t over water as this can encourage shallow roots.

5) Repairing – Damaged grass caused by pets or diseases should be repaired in the spring.

Flowers to see you through until the end of summer

Flowers to see you through until the end of summer

July 24th, 2018 by

Want a good selection of late flowering perennials? Choose from these flowers that are sure to see you through until the end of summer.

1) Rudbeckia ‘Little Gold Star’ – a compact Rudbeckia standing at 50cm high, these plants will last you all the way through to October and are known for their mounds of bright yellow flowers.

2) Agapanthus ‘Columba’ – One of our favourite perennials, it has globes of trumpet-shaped blue flowers on straight green stems that will last until September. They look fantastic in a pot or summer border.

3) Echinacea ‘Magnus’ – a firm favourite of butterflies with its fantastic daisy Iike, bright pink flowers and orange centres. Flowering from July to– September, it’s a must have for your late flowering border.

4) Agastache ‘Black Adder’ – great for the back of a border and grow up to 90cm tall. They will flower until October and thrive in full sun.

5) Crocosmia ‘Lucifer’ – funnel shaped flowers as bright as a red tomato, which will flower from July to September. They will work best in a sunny herbaceous border alongside other bold colours like Achillea.

6) Sedum ‘Matrona’ – this plant has purple stems with clusters of soft pink flowers that will last until October, also, they are great for cut flowers.

Gardening reminders for the month of August

Gardening reminders for the month of August

August 1st, 2018 by

Here’s our gardening reminders for the month of August:

1) Now is the last chance to prune stone fruits such as cherries and plums. Choose a dry day in order to prevent disease entry through the wound. If you have peaches or apricots under protection, prune them now to prevent silver leaf disease.

2) Cut back the long whippy growth of Wisteria to within 3 buds of the old wood if they are not required to extend the area covered by the plant.

3) Keep watering those containers! Placing the plant in a saucer-shaped dish will be a great help in making the water you apply remain available to the plant.

4) With the weather so dry it is an ideal time to concentrate on the removal of perennial weeds, either by hand or with the aid of the chemical Glyphosate.

5) Check that weeds are not spreading under larger shrubs where the shade has kept them that little bit more moist and able to seed.

6) Towards the end of the month cut back the canes of fruited cane fruits to ground level, and tie in the young shoots which will provide next year’s harvest.

7) Keep dead-heading the best flowering plants to encourage new flowers and stop them setting seed. Apply a liquid feed as plants will require added nutrition to counter the dry weather and heavy watering.

8) Keep hardy and half-hardy annuals well-watered and weed-free. Try not to walk on the beds as the plants damage easily.It is usual to place a plank across two boxes to help with weeding and the removal of spent flowers.

9) Trim fast growing hedges, and don’t forget the weeds in the hedge bottoms!

10) Remove rose blooms as they fade and don’t apply feed after the end of July, as late soft growth would not be hardy before winter.

11) Complete the lifting of last seasons’ bulbs and dry them off naturally in light woven sacks for maximum ventilation.

12) Take cuttings of shrubs, heathers, hydrangeas and fuchsias.

13) Keep an eye on the whole garden and spray as necessary against pests on dahlias and Chrysanthemums in particular.

14) When going on holiday and concerned about indoor containers being watered, try placing a full bucket of water on the garage floor and placing your pots around it on their own saucers.
Using a piece of wet string about the thickness of a bootlace, tie one end to a piece of old cutlery and place in the bucket. Push the other end into the compost of a pot. Place strings from bucket to all pots.

Six great plants to keep the weeds at bay

Six great plants to keep the weeds at bay

August 23rd, 2018 by

Are weeds taking over your garden? If you choose ground cover plants they will naturally smother weeds, they cover the ground and don’t leave any spaces where weeds can grow.

Here are six great plants to keep the weeds at bay.

1) Alchemilla Mollis is a great ground cover plant that is best in full sun or partial shade and flowers in June – September. Its round broad leaves are perfect for edging a path and smothering any weeds.

2) Ajuga is a great ground cover for a shady area that will form a quick carpet of foliage flowering in early summer. They are great for filling in gaps, edging paths or even used to spill over the edge of a pot.

3) Pachysandra terminalis are known for their dark glossy green leaves that form dense mats of groundcover in full sun or full shade. A perfect addition between shrubs and trees.

4) Vinca Major is perfect for supressing weeds under trees, and even on sloping banks, as they are happiest in full sun to partial shade, flowering from April – September. If you have a small garden try Vinca minor instead.

5) Geranium Johnsons blue has a beautiful saucer-shaped purple flower that appears from May through to August. They are perfect for the front of a border and will create a dense carpet that will supress weeds, they are happy in full sun – partial shade.

6) Hostas love shade and look fantastic at a path edge. Alternatively, plant them at the front of a border in contrast with ferns, once they’re established the foliage will supress weeds.

Want to attract bee's to your garden? Here's six great blooms

Want to attract bee’s to your garden? Here’s six great blooms

September 1st, 2018 by

Want to attract bee’s to your garden? Here’s six great blooms to do just that.

1) Lavender is one of a bees favourites, largely because of their bright purple tones as bees see this colour more clearly. A two year study at Sussex University found them to be one of the most popular plant varieties to the insect, flowering from July – September, they are the perfect plant for bees with plenty of nectar through summer.

2) Echinacea flowers are not only loved by bees, but butterflies too due to its large landing pad, bright colour and pollen, making it well worth the visit. Seed heads will also feed birds in the fall and winter.

3) Foxgloves are known for their long tubular shape and are great for long-tongued bees, flowering from June – September.

4) Scabiosa plants have a steady supply of nectar, making them a great choice for any garden hoping to attract pollinators like bees and butterflies. It’s also perfect for a summer border.

5) Agastache is a great plant that bees make their way around systematically on the many tiny flowers. It looks great in mixed herbaceous borders and is a bees’ favourite.

6) Geranium have a long flowering period making them great for bees. The purple varieties tend to be favoured, again, for their colour, and will last from May – August,. Make sure to remove old flowers and leaves so they can rejuvenate.

What to do in the garden this September

What to do in the garden this September

September 15th, 2018 by

What to do in the garden this September

1) August has been another dry month here in North Yorkshire, we had a few showers and some prolonged rain on the 26th/27th, but not enough serious volumes to replenish the water table. Just that fresh feeling in the mornings now, but overnight temperatures are still staying above 10 degrees.

2) Summer Branch Drop (SBD) has been apparent on several trees in the area, no-one appears to have identified the cause, but it does seem to occur after rain following a very dry spell.

3) If you have heavy soil, dig over the garden borders as bedding plants need to be removed. This will make digging easier as the soil will not be at full water capacity as in later months.

4) Now is the time to make yourself a good, big compost bin, just before you really need it! Ideally, use four stakes as corners, one metre apart in a square, and staple wire netting (one metre deep) around the square. This allows easy entry when you wish to empty it, or it can be made bigger or smaller at will. If you would like a permanent one, use pressure treated plywood or boards instead of netting.

5) On a fine evening, have a walk around the garden and make a note of what has done really well, and also not so well, so that when time comes to replant the borders you will have a good idea of what will be successful! Why not have a visit to Harlow Carr Gardens or one of the other splendid gardens in the area, and make a note of which plants you are really motivated by?

6) Towards the end of the month and into October is the best time to move evergreens as the soil is still warm and new roots will take hold before winter. Make sure the planting hole is big enough so the plant is at the same depth as before, firm soil back around the root-ball and water in well.

7) Take hardwood cuttings from your favourite roses. Ideal cuttings are about pencil thickness and 30cm long, remove the top 8cm of young growth down to just above a bud. Cut the bottom of the stem at about 2-3mm below a bud and trim off all the leaves, with the exception of the top three sets of leaves.Make a slot with a spade in an area of good soil and push in the cuttings (base first!) so that about one third remains above ground. If the soil is heavy, run some sharp sand down the planting slot to improve drainage. The cuttings should be ready to plant out next autumn.

8) Keep dead-heading the best flowering plants to encourage new flowers and stop them setting seed.

9) Newly planted perennials will do well when planted over the next 6 weeks. Give the roots of new plants a good soaking before planting, firm in well to the original depth and place a good mulch around the plant to prevent moisture loss and winter damage to young roots.

10) Continue to trim fast-growing hedges, and don’t forget the weeds in the hedge bottoms!

11) Now is the time to sort out your bulb order to give you maximum choice. Bulb catalogues are really helpful and a pleasure to look at. Planting early has benefits for all bulbs, but leave tulips until late November in order to prevent disease infection.

12) Complete the lifting of last seasons’ bulbs and dry them off naturally in light woven sacks for maximum ventilation.

13) Crocosmias form large mounds of roots and corms after a few years, try separating them with a fork, pulling them apart, or removing the soil and untangling them with the help of a hosepipe jet.

14) This month and next month the lawn can be mown less frequently, but will really benefit from echanical scarifying or the regular use of a spring tine rake to remove the old ‘thatch’. Aerating by means of a machine or a garden fork will work wonders, in conjunction with a specific lawn weed killer and an autumn lawn fertilize dressing.

Six reasons why you should love and protect bees

Six reasons why you should love and protect bees

September 7th, 2017 by

Here are six reasons why you should love and protect bees this National Honey Month.

1) 1 out of 3 bites of food is originally sourced from a bee-pollinated plant.
2) Bees pollinate 80% of flowering plants on earth.
3) Bees have been producing plants for over 100 million years.
4) Only bees can make honey.
5) A colony pollinates 4,000 fruit trees.
6) Some crops are 90% dependent on bee pollination.
7) Bees contribute millions to our economy.

Hedging varieties for small gardens

Hedging varieties for small gardens

September 12th, 2018 by

Hedging varieties for small gardens

In small gardens, most people favour a wall or fence, however these are plants that can create privacy or a boundary without taking over too much room.

1. Buxus sempervirens are a great low growing hedging plant that only require clipping once or twice a year. Perfect for edging a path or border these hedging plants will only grow 10-20cm per year. Buxus is often used in a formal garden and is great shaped.

2. Taxus baccata are an evergreen low growing hedging plant that create a dense screen in a garden they can be clipped back to keep a low formal hedge and will grow in sun to partial shade.

3. Ligustrum vulgare are great for nesting birds and have small white flowers in the spring. 20cm -40cm growth a year with an eventual height of 4m, keep them trimmed for a lower hedge.

4. Cornus Alba are grown for the bright red stems during the winter months, these will get to a height approx. 4m. Cut some stems back at the end of March to help keep the bright colour.

5. Fagus Sylvatica Purpurea a mix of copper and purple colours spring to autumn. Grows to 5m with a yearly growth of 40-60cm.

6. Lavender Hidcote – why not choose a lavender plant for a scented small hedge, Perfect for the edge of a path or small hedge at the front of a garden, growing 10-20cm per year.

Hedging varieties for shade

Hedging varieties for shade

September 12th, 2018 by

Hedging varieties for shade

Some plants can survive with only a few hours of sun a day, whether that be early morning or late evening. Shade can be caused by a number of reasons, but to help your plants grow, plant with rootgrow to help the plant establish a good root system.

Here is a list of our favourite hedging options for planting in shaded areas:

1. Ilex aquifolium is most commonly recognised for its spikey green leaves and red berries in winter, this versatile plant can grow in full shade to a height of 8m.

2. Aucuba japonica has thick glossy leaves, providing colour and structure all year and the plants will grow in most soils. Small flowers are produced in summer but the berries from autumn to spring are more noticeable. Eventual height of around 3m.

3. Elaeagnus x ebbingei is one of the best hedging plants to use nearer the house as these plants produce white, highly scented flowers and have an attractive silver underside to the leaves. Growing 30-45cm a year its mature height can be around 4m tall.

4. Corylus avellana is a great base plant if trying to grow a native hedge. Distinctive pale-yellow catkins can be found on the bare stems in late winter, before large soft leaves appear. One of the faster growing hedge plants, eventual height can reach up to 8m.

5. Pyracantha make a great hedge in shade and look great against a north facing wall or fence adding vibrant colour to your garden.

6. Taxus baccata is a dark, dense, native evergreen hedge with bright red fruit attractive to birds, and is happy in dry shade or sun.

Conifer varieties for every garden

Conifer varieties for every garden

September 12th, 2018 by

Conifer varieties for every garden

When conifers are mentioned, most people think of the large overgrown hedges which can become the source of arguments between neighbours. However, this conifer week, we will be looking at how they can be used in all gardens as they give great colour and structure all year round.

Low growing/ Spreading
Prostrate or spreading conifers are ideal on a steep bank, or in areas where the soil is too poor to plant shrubs, but some green is required. These conifers also help keep weeds at bay meaning less maintenance time is required.
• Picea pungens Waldbrunn – blue/grey with silver tinged spring growth 50cm x 100cm
• Juniperus Blue Carpet – bright blue/ grey 50cm x 200cm
• Juniperus Old Gold – yellow to deep bronze 100cm x 200cm

Miniature conifers
Yes, they really can stay small. In this case they can be used on alpine rockeries as most only grow to 40cm in 10 years. Another option is to grow them in containers alongside annuals to give an extra layer of interest.
• Juniperus Blue Star – bright blue/grey bun shaped habit 50cm x 100cm
• Podocarpus Kilworth Cream – bushy pale green edged with cream, pink tips in spring 50cm x 50cm
• Picea J W Daisy’s White – conical shape, cream tips fading to green 1m x 1m

Narrow conifers
Narrow, Pencil, Column, call them what you like, but these conifers are great at adding height whilst not taking over your garden. These are a must if you are looking to create a Mediterranean-feel to your space.• Cupressus pyramidalis – retains dense thin shape well. 15m but can be trimmed to height easily.
• Juniperus Blue Arrow – vivid steel blue foliage retained year-round. Compact habit with eventual height of 2.5m
• Taxus baccata fastigiate – deep green needles. Becomes broader with age. 8m x 4m

Interesting foliage
Boring green flat leaves will be a thing of the past with these more unusual conifers. Great for adding texture year round to formal and informal gardens.
• Ginkgo biloba – fan shaped leaves which turn yellow in autumn. Grows well in containers. Buy as a standard to add extra interest.
• Thuja Whipcord – pendulous, cord-like branches. Slow growing mound. 1.5m x 1.5m
• Pinus mugo – spiral clusters of needles. Candle like new growth in spring which can be pinched put. Reddish brown cones. 1.5m x 1.5m

Hedging varieties for an exposed site

Hedging varieties for an exposed site

September 25th, 2018 by

As well as challenging exposure to wind and rain, hedges can protect more delicate plants from coastal sea spray and snow drifts. Native hedging plants are great for use in this instance as they can establish the best of their situation.

Try –
Acer campestre is a field Maple hedge that can work as either a single species or mixed together with other native species. The foliage turns a lovely buttery yellow colour in the autumn. Suitable in most soils and locations, apart from full shade, this will grow to 5m.

Sambucus Nigra has a distinctive large, flat flower head that is produced in June, followed by elderberries which can be eaten. Even though it is a deciduous shrub, leaves can drop as late as November and grow back in a good winter in sheltered locations around January. It’s a fast-growing plant, reaching an ultimate height of 4m.
Viburnum opulus is a plant with something for every season but best in the autumn with bright red berries, which the birds love and fiery red foliage. Its best in full sun as this plant will grow to around 5m.

Carpinus betulus has a similar look to Fagus, this semi evergreen produces green catkins spring to autumn, which then turn fruit which a number of wildlife will feast on. This plant is also very happy to grow in poor soils. Makes a great screen of up to 5m.

Hedging varieties for full sun

Hedging varieties for full sun

September 25th, 2018 by

Hedging varieties for full sun

For hedges in full sun you also need to consider if the plant will be drought tolerant. This means the plants can handle being in direct sunlight for longer periods of time.

Here are some of our top favourites:

Prunus spinosa, more commonly known as Blackthorn, is a dense and prickly plant that has one of the earliest blossoms as pure white flowers against black stems appear in March. Its autumn fruits (sloes) can be made into tasty food and drink, as long as you beat the birds to them.

Cragaegus monogyna is possibly the most recognised native hedging plant, it gets its common name of ‘May Blossom’ from the beautiful show of white scented flowers during May. Birds will then feast on the glossy red berries in autumn. This hedge is suitable for most gardens as can easily be kept between 1–5m.

Osmanthus Burkwoodii is similar to Elaeagnus, this hedge has sweetly scented white flowers in spring, and is becoming a good substitute for Box Hedging due to it being easily cut in to a variety of shapes. Growing to 3m, this acts as a good screen for mid-way through a long garden.

Photinia Red Robin is one the best alternative hedges, this is quickly becoming popular in gardens due to the fiery red show of the new leaves growing up to 4m. Trim in spring and summer to help make a denser hedge and continue the colourful show.

Jobs for the garden during October

Jobs for the garden during October

October 1st, 2018 by

Jobs for the garden during October

1) Autumn colours are almost always at their best for the next six weeks, and the relatively drySeptember and the colder nights will continue to develop the colours. For one of the best displays visit the Westonbirt Arboretum in Gloucestershire, Dunham Massey in Cheshire,
Gibside in Tyne and Wear, and Winkworth Arboretum in Surrey. Most trees which carry the strongest colour are not native to the UK, most are from North America and Asia, but they have
added so much to our landscape over the last 400 years.

2) Frosts will become common from now on, it is wise to lift any plants from the border which are tender and place in a frost-free room or glasshouse. Overwinter cuttings from them on a windowsill!

3) Whilst it is still reasonably light in the evening, make a start on the winter digging, especially on heavy clay soils. Clods will break down much easier after a winter of snow, frost, wind and rain. Try and incorporate as much organic matter as possible to increase drainage and fertility. Riding
stables are a good source of cheap manure.

4) With only 50 to 65mm of rain expected in October in the north, together with a number of sunny days, try and get as much winter work completed as possible before the really harsh weather sets in. Don’t forget to collect all those fallen apples! There are a number of local people now willing to offer juicing facilities for a small fee, remember that if they have fallen, fruits will be bruised and will not store, other than by preparing and freezing. Dispose of unwanted fallen fruits as they may well carry over disease from year to year.

5) Use this period to give the glasshouse a thorough clean when all of the plants can be put outside on a mild day. Clean the glass inside and out, and scrub down benches with a mild disinfectant before hosing down the entire area. If you use electricity in the glasshouse, check that the earth breaker is clean and acting effectively.

6) Collect seeds of those plants you may wish to increase, store dry seeds in paper envelopes in an airtight container on the bottom shelf of the fridge. If unsure when to sow the seed, sow half on collection and the other half in the spring.

7) Fix grease bands to apple and pear tree trunks.

8) Clean out ponds and remove pumps for the winter.

9) Give conifer hedges a final trim and finish planting evergreen shrubs.

10) Take hardwood cuttings from shrubs and fruit bushes, lift and divide rhubarb crowns.

11) Lift and store carrots and potatoes. Cut back tall shrubs like Lavatera and Buddleia to half their length to prevent winter damage. Complete cutting them back in early spring.

12) Clean out leaves from round all alpine plants, if left outside provide the protection of a cold frame or even a sheet of glass or plastic to prevent the plants becoming waterlogged.

13) Frequently collect leaves from around the garden and store in a wire mesh bin using four wooden posts at the corners to produce excellent leaf mould compost by next autumn. Leaves left on the lawn will kill the grass and can also attract slugs and snails.

14) Can compost can be harmful in holes dug for new trees? Guy Barter, chief horticultural adviser at the RHS, says: “The compost rots and the tree settles down too far in the soil and as a
result root and stem rot can set in. It’s best to plant trees in plain old soil.”

Our guide to apple trees

Our guide to apple trees

October 21st, 2018 by

The 21st October marks national Apple day and to celebrate we have listed some of our favourites for cooking, eating and for cider.

For cooking
• Granny Smith – great for baking whole, sweet and crisp with a green skin
• Braeburn – makes a great apple sauce – tart, sweet and aromatic with a bright colour
• Bramley – icon for apple pies and crumbles – sharp and juicy

For Eating
• Gala – bright red flushed fruit with a sweet almost perfumed taste.
• Coxs Orange Pippin – Considered the best eating apple in the world
• Red Delicious – iconic ruby red skin with sweet juicy white flesh.

For Cider
• Katy – heavy cropper with a sharp flavour. Very juicy. Also enjoy straight from the tree.
• Kingston Black – only grown for juicing, turn this into a vintage cider.
• Golden Spire – has an cider-like flavour flesh. Also good for cooking with.

Jobs for your garden in November

Jobs for your garden in November

November 1st, 2018 by

Jobs for your garden in November

1) The earlier any winter digging can be done, the better, as this allows rain, snow, frost and ice to break down clods of soil and make cultivations in spring so much easier.

2) There is a current move towards ‘no digging’ on vegetable plots, which involves digging the area to double depth (double digging) and incorporating organic matter throughout the two areas in
order to cultivate an area of really deep soil and encourage the increase of worms and other creatures by applying an annual top dressing of organic matter or ‘compost’ which will be taken
down into the soil. Small paths should be made across the area so that it is not necessary to walk on the growing area at any time in the future, for either cultivations, harvesting or other reasons and thus prevent any soil compaction.

3) The wind, frost and rain has suddenly brought down large quantities of leaves. If you can collect and compost them, they will make the best compost ever for use next year. Softer
foliage from prunings around the garden can be incorporated into this compost, but woody branches and hard stems will take much longer to rot down. Be prepared to wait a long time for
them to be usable, or hire a shredder and incorporate the product into the compost, or use as a mulch next year.

4) Whilst busy doing the autumn trimming don’t get carried away by doing everything! Plants such as Viburnum bodnantense will carry sweetly-scented pink flowers right through the winter,
as does Lonicera fragrantissima and the tree Prunus subhirtella ‘Autumnalis.

5) If you enjoy the picture of heavily-frosted shrubs, don’t remove the stems of Sedums. Many Ornamental grasses and trees with a fine branch system, such as birch, and plants which may be a
focal point in the garden, will have character throughout the year.

6) Clear out bird boxes and sterilise them with boiling water.

7) Be sure to check for hibernating animals before lighting a bonfire.

8) Have the lawnmower serviced and cleaned before rust becomes established.

9) Think about planting tulip bulbs after the middle of the month.

10) KEEP OFF THE LAWN IN FROSTY WEATHER!

11) Insulate pots left out over winter.

12) Winter prune fruit trees and bushes, and plant new or additional ones.

13) Lift and store dahlias if not done already.

14) Start amaryllis (hippeastrum) bulbs into growth urgently if required to flower by Christmas.

15) Start pruning glasshouse grape vines when outdoor weather is inclement.

16) When receiving consignments of new plants, soak the roots for 24 hours in a bucket of water before planting. If planting conditions are not suitable, take out a trench in a sheltered area of the garden and put the roots of the plants in the trench with the above ground parts of the plant at 45 degrees to stop wind blowing them about. Plant in final position when circumstance allow.

17) When planting new trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants, make sure to firm in the soil around the roots as you fill back the planting hole.

Johnsons guide to trees for different locations

Johnsons guide to trees for different locations

November 24th, 2018 by

Johnsons guide to trees for different locations

To celebrate National Tree Week (24th November to 2nd December), we have come up with some trees for different soils and locations.

Clay soils – Malus John Downie
Sandy Soils – Robinia Frisia
Acid soils – Amelanchier lamarckii
Wet soil – Salix chrysocoma
Exposed sites – Crataegus Paul’s Scarlet
Sheltered sites – Acer Bloodgood
Coastal sites – Populus alba
Hot sites – Sophora japonica
Shade – Acer campestre
Wildlife gardens – Prunus padus

Jobs to do in the garden this January

Jobs to do in the garden this January

January 1st, 2019 by

Jobs to do in the garden this January

1) Now is a really good time to tidy up the hellebores. Remove old leaves and make way for the
Flowers, which will be with us shortly. Plant winter aconites to improve the early spring show.

2) Be sure and remove dead leaves which have built up in the pond to prevent stagnation.

3) Service the lawnmower, spring will be with us before we realise it! If grass needs cutting,
remove it as it is too cold for it to decompose.

4) Make sure the water has been turned off to all outside taps.

5) Plant new fruit trees and bushes as conditions allow, applying a mulch of well-rotted material,
but leave a 10cm gap between the stem and the mulch to prevent potential stem rot.

6) Where Cyclamen coum has spread naturally from seed, select the best seedlings with good
leaf markings and replant into new areas which will benefit from the winter colour. Did you
know that ants carry the seed off to new locations?

7) Plant some lilies in deep pots and keep in the greenhouse ready for transfer to the flower
border when the flowers develop.

8) Placing a couple of forks of well-rotted manure on top of rhubarb crowns will encourage
them to make early growth. And, if covered with an upturned dustbin or similar, you will get
the beautiful red leaf stalks and yellow leaves we see in the shops in early spring.

9) Have a walk around the garden merely to see what additional colour you would like at this time of year and purchase new and attractive shrubs such as Hamamelis (Witch Hazel), snowdrops,
Cornus and decorative stemmed willows. Do you have enough interesting conifers in a range of sizes and colours?

10) If you have a grape vine under glass, now is the time to prune it, before the sap starts to rise.
Don’t leave it until next month as the wounds tend to bleed.

11) If you enjoy making an early start to the growing year, cover some areas with polythene or
cloches to protect the soil from the hardest frost and the heavy spring rains. This can improve
the soil temperature by up to six degrees when it is time for you to plant or sow.

12) Brush snow off conifers and heathers if there is a heavy fall, in order to prevent branches being
broken.

13) On a cold day when you are trying to keep warm, turn you compost heap sides to middle and
top to bottom, and this will ensure a good friable compost in late spring, ideal for potting on
plants of all kinds.

14) In rock gardens and raised beds, ensure that fallen leaves have been removed in order to
prevent botrytis.

15) Sit in front of a warm fire when there is a gale outside together with a blizzard, and go through
all the new seed catalogues for this coming spring and draw up a sowing/planting programme!
We hope you enjoyed our jobs for January, have you read our latest blog piece on “Hedging for 365 days of the year”?

What to do in the garden this December

What to do in the garden this December

December 1st, 2018 by

What to do in the garden this December

1) After a week of November rain, often heavy, fallen leaves are becoming a congealed mass in many garden corners. Try and clear them away to the compost heap before they start to rot and affect so many plants such as herbaceous, alpines, low-growing shrubs and plants in containers.

2) Any plants which are now too big for their location or ‘in the wrong place’ can be safely moved, and the soil in December is usually warm enough to stimulate the production of new roots.
Stake tall new plants to prevent wind rock until well-rooted and reduce their size if appropriate.

3) Ensure that house drains and run-off areas from the garden are not choked by leaves. It’s a time of year when water can often be found backing up in the most surprising places!

4) When lower temperatures and frost is forecast, make sure your bird feeding stations are clean and regularly refilled. The same applies to an accessible water supply. Remember, cooked food as
opposed to bird seed, may well attract vermin.

5) With long periods of rain expected, don’t forget to put a glass or plastic sheet over your alpine plants to keep off the majority of the rain.

6) Place under cover any tender plants which have been overlooked earlier in the autumn and ensure that such plants growing in the ground are wrapped in straw and hessian. Polythene is not the best material as it prevents air from getting to the plant.

7) Ensure that outside taps, and taps in unheated buildings, are well insulated for the winter months. Turn off the stop-taps if this is possible to prevent the potential for them freezing.

8) Take the opportunity on dry days to treat fences and sheds with a form of creosote which is not harmful to plants. If you have to remove climbers from the wall, take the opportunity to
prune them whilst you have full access, and also check for damage to the fence or wall.

9) If you intend to get on with the winter digging, cover a suitable area with polythene so that the ground is not waterlogged when you wish to dig.

10) Clean moss and lichens from paths and walls. There are several commercial brands of cleaner available, but bleach is equally as good. A power washer will make light work of the job,
which is impressive when completed!

11) Cut back the long shoots of ornamental vines, thin them out and then cut side shoots back to two buds.

12) Any damaged areas of turf can be replaced by new turfs or exchanged for a similar piece of turf in a less obvious position in the lawn. Do not perform this task when the soil is frozen.

13) Check apples and other stored fruits for signs of rotting and throw out damaged fruit for the birds.

14) Take the opportunity to cut back overgrown hedges, either mechanically on deciduous plants, or by the use of a saw or secateurs on large leafed evergreens such as laurel or rhododendrons.
Wait until growth starts in the spring before pruning conifer hedges.

Hedging for 365 days of the year

Hedging for 365 days of the year

January 9th, 2019 by

Wanting a hedge 365 days of the year? An evergreen hedge provides structure and privacy throughout the year, here’s 6 of the best.

Hedging for 365 days of the year

1. Prunus Rotundifolia – a vigorous, dense evergreen shrub suitable for almost all locations. Large, glossy green leaves make this a go-to plant above other Prunus varieties. Growing up to 60cm a year, trim in spring and autumn to keep a good shape.

2. Taxus Baccata – a dark green evergreen hedging plant great for shade and happy to be pruned. It is not the fastest growing evergreen variety but will grow 30-40cm per year.

3. Cupressus Leylandii – is one of the fastest evergreen hedging varieties that can grow up to 3ft per year with its eventual height reaching up to 12m. Great as a windbreak, general barrier and for noise reduction. Available in various different pot sizes and heights.

4. Buxus Sempervirens – offer a low slow growing evergreen hedging plant that will be easy to keep clipped, making it the perfect edge to a pathway, formal hedge or as a topiary shape. It is happy in full sun – full shade and can grow up to 10cm per year.

5. Prunus Lusitanica -also known as Portuguese laurel, boast luscious dark green glossy leaves on deep maroon stems with small, fragrant white flowers in the summer and red berries in the autumn which are very popular with birds.

6. Griselinia Littoralis – are known for their glossy, apple green foliage and make a fantastic dense hedge that offers screening and year-round interest. Griselinia is perfect for a formal hedge as it can be clipped neatly. It is perfect in a full sun position.

Needing hedging for shade? full sun? and an exposed site? check out our other hedging blogs –

Shade hedging plants
Hedging plants for full sun
Hedging for an exposed site

 

Pupils get planting for National Tree Week

Pupils get planting for National Tree Week

December 4th, 2017 by

Pupils get planting for National Tree Week

Pupils from Kirk Hammerton C of E Primary School received a lesson in the importance of planting trees this week from our procurement manager Jonathan Whittemore.

We also donated 45 bulbs, one for each child at the school to plant as part of National Tree Week which is organised each year by The Tree Council.

National Tree Week which took place from 26 November – 4 December is the UK’s largest tree celebration annually launching the start of the winter tree planting season and a chance for communities to do something positive for their local treescape.

Jonathan Whittemore presented to pupils on Tuesday 29 November about the importance of trees in the environment and also gifted a tree and plant pot for the entrance to the school.
Jonathan said:

“As a socially responsible business and one of the very few net contributors to the environment it’s very important to us to work with the local community to promote trees more than ever and to help ensure a green future for everything from humans and wildlife to bugs.

“Without trees, our towns and countryside would look bleak and uninspired.

“We enjoy working with the school and know that by visiting this week it has helped develop the children’s appreciation of the importance of tree planting and the sustainability of the local environment.”

Class 1 teacher, Brogan Fraser said:

“Following the event, the children took time to notice the trees around the school grounds, admiring their beautiful shapes and qualities. In the classroom they have been more aware of all the resources in school which are made from wood. Great fun was had by all!”

Executive Headteacher, Elizabeth Mellor said:
“I would like to add my sincere thanks to Johnsons of Whixley for their support of the school. The children benefitted enormously from the whole experience and as a result have a better understanding of how important trees are and also how to care for our environment.”

As part of our continued work in the local community, we also delivered 32 miniature Christmas trees to every child at Kirk Hammerton Nursery School.

Why bees are so important to us

Why bees are so important to us

July 10th, 2017 by

Why bees are so important to us

1) Every third mouthful of food we eat relies on pollinators.
2) Approximately 250,000 species of flowering plants depend on other plants to help them pollinate.
3) Broccoli, Asparagus, Cucumbers, Apples, Cherries, Almonds and Watermelons are among foods that would no longer be available if bees ceased pollinating.
4) Bees pollinate 70 of the top 100 food crops we eat.
5) By keeping flowers pollinated, bees help floral growth and provide attractive habitats for other insects and birds.
6) Imagine a Summer’s day without flowers. Bees help beautify our planet.
7) Honey bees help contribute to our economy. Inn 2008, the British Bee Keepers Association estimated that they contribute £165 million annually.

8) And last but not least, bees are the only insect in the world that produces food eaten by man (honey).

Keeping your garden green is more important than ever before

Keeping your garden green is more important than ever before

July 27th, 2017 by

Keeping your garden green is more important than ever before

With the rise of low-maintenance gardens, and plant-free drives, it is important to remind ourselves just how important our gardens and green fronts are.

Johnsons of Whixley’s Ellie Richardson shares eight reasons why you should be like us – and keep you garden green!
1) Trees and plants help prevent flooding by absorbing water
2) Gardens increase a feeling of wellbeing
3) Trees and plants filter air pollution
4) You will attract bees and butterflies, even if you don’t have a large garden
5) You will increase the aesthetic appeal of your neighborhood
6) Your trees and plants give nature a home
7) Your hedging and trees help create a sound barrier
8) Porous drives soak up 50% more rain then tarmac or paving

Johnsons plays key role in boosting UK tree population

Johnsons plays key role in boosting UK tree population

November 27th, 2017 by

Johnsons plays key role in boosting UK tree population

We’ve grown and supplied more than 2.5 million trees during the last 12 months, placing us as one of the UK’s biggest net contributors to the nation’s tree population.

This week is National Tree Week (25 November – 3 December) which is organised by the UK Tree Council to mark the start of the winter tree planting season and aims to encourage communities to do something positive for their local treescape.Just 13% of the UK’s total land area is covered in trees, compared with an average elsewhere in the EU of about 35%. In England, the figure is just 10%.

It is estimated that we have grown and supplied a total of 110 million trees and hedging plants since our chairman John Richardson purchased the business in 1964, and we are continuing to supply plants and trees to high-profile projects up and down the country.

The variety of trees grown ranges from forest trees and woodland plantings, to smaller hawthorn and fringe hedging species.

Our group managing director, Graham Richardson, said: “National Tree Week provides an opportunity for all of us to reflect on the many benefits trees bring, including improved air quality, flash flood prevention and shelter for wildlife, and acknowledges the importance of protecting and nurturing British woodland.”

“The benefits of strong woodland coverage in the UK are clear, not least of all because wood is an essential material in construction, and we are proud to play such a significant role in boosting the nation’s tree population.”

 

How to create a bird friendly garden

How to create a bird friendly garden

January 14th, 2018 by

How to create a bird friendly garden

Want to create a bird friendly garden but not sure how? Check out our guide below.

1) Grasses not only provide cover their seed heads provide food and material for birds’ nests.
2) Providing birds with a feeder encourages them into your garden. Once they know there’s a food source there they will be back again for more.
3) Why not add a bird bath or small pond to your garden to encourage birds. Birds love a good splash and can quench their thirst.
4) Certain shrub varieties provide great cover, nectar, attract insects and some even provide birds with berries.
5) Adding a bird house to your garden will provide birds with additional shelter and more options on when it comes to building their nest.
6) Trees are great as they provide a natural location for birds to build a nest, some provide nectar, berries and trees often attract insects.
7) Ground cover like Ivy provides cover for birds and also attracts insects.

How to create a Dog friendly garden

How to create a Dog friendly garden

April 6th, 2018 by

How to create a Dog friendly garden

1) There are lots of plants in your garden that are potentially harmful to your dog if eaten including daffodils, Tulips, foxgloves, delphinium and yew. Either replace them with more suitable plants or make sure you keep an eye on your dog when they’re out in the garden.

2) Make sure your fences are safe and secure along with keeping your gate locked to make sure your dog can’t escape. Remember they can jump quite high if they want to so ensure your hedge and fence is at a good height.

3) Keep your dog away from slugs and snails as they can catch lungworm if they eat an infected slug or snail.4) Do provide a shaded area for your dog in summer, dogs have fur and often get too hot during summer.

5) Do keep chemicals and pesticides away from your dog as it could make your dog very sick.

6) Do choose robust and sturdy plants. Dogs are known for digging and running through plants so do choose robust shrubs and established perennials.

How to create a bee friendly garden for summer

How to create a bee friendly garden for summer

April 9th, 2018 by

How to create a bee friendly garden

1) Add nectar and pollen rich flowers to your garden including varieties such as Lavender, eryngium, heather, Ivy, Mahonia, Geranium, Rudbeckia, Echinacea, Salvia and many other varieties.
2) Small garden? No problem, plant up seasonal containers that will encourage bees, they will particularly be drawn to plants in the sun.
3) If your garden is big enough, a natural meadow provides additional nectar and pollen and encourages different species of bees.
4) Make a bee bath using low water and stones they can land on. Don’t fill it too deep as it may drown the bees.
5) Avoid using pesticides as these could be harmful to the bees.
6) Think about the different seasons, particularly spring and late summer, where the bees need a boost.
7) Do provide bees shelter by leaving stumps or creating your own ‘bee hotel’.

Tips for your allotment

Tips for your allotment

August 14th, 2018 by

Check out our allotment tips for national allotment week.

•Crop rotation – this is a great practice to follow which helps with soil fertility, weed control and pest and disease control. Split your plot into sections depending on how much of one group you want to grow then each year rotate by one plot. This is normally done over 3 or 4 years
3 Year
• Year one
Section one: Potatoes
Section two: Legumes, onions and roots
Section three: Brassicas
• Year two
Section one: Legumes, onions and roots
Section two: Brassicas
Section three: Potatoes
• Year three
Section one: Brassicas
Section two: Potatoes
Section three: Legumes, onions and roots
4 Year
• Year one
Section one: Legumes
Section two: Brassicas
Section three: Potatoes
Section four: Onions and roots
• Year two
Section one: Brassicas
Section two: Potatoes
Section three: Onions and roots
Section four: Legumes
• Year three
Section one: Potatoes
Section two: Onions and roots
Section three: Legumes
Section four: Brassicas
• Year four
Section one: Onions and roots
Section two: Legumes
Section three: Brassicas
Section four: Potatoes

• Clear weeds from the site 1st. Do not use a rotavator as this can spread the roots of weeds such as Nettles and Bindweed which will then re grow. Instead cut down to a manageable height and use a fork or spade to dig out. This may seem labour intensive but worth it for great soil.

• Consider what you want to grow as some crops can be in the ground years or take up large amounts of room. Soft fruit bushes will require cages with netting to protect from birds.

• Weeding between rows with a hoe in dry weather will help keep weeds under control.

• Watering – plants need to be encouraged to search for water deeply, so water well once a week instead of a light sprinkling every day. If you have a shed on your plot, invest in a water butt. This helps create a convenient supply of water.

• Sun – Ideally a plot should be in sun which is ideal for most crops. If you have a more shaded location, then hose crops wisely. Currents and berries along with chards, kale and lettuces will grow well if planted out with an established root system.

• Soil – some crops won’t grow in particular soil so get dirty and test your soil. It is also worth doing a pH test as you may need to add soil improvers. Ideally you are looking for a pH level between 6.1 and 7 as most plants will grow in this as it is high in nutrient. It is always worth adding good rich organic matter each year.

• Pest and Diseases – the most common issue is with slugs and snails. They can devastate a crop over night so try and use organic control such as Wool pellets or go on a hunt overnight and pick them off. Watch out for diseases such as Allium Leaf Minor, Potato and Tomato Blight and Club Root.

• Make you own compost – from 1 simple compost bin to 3 large crates, there is a way to make your own compost for every size plot. Starting in the spring mix green, nitrogen-rich material with brown, carbon-rich material. Keep adding to the pile, breaking up larger items and if it becomes dry spray with water. Turn regularly with a fork as it starts to cool down. This method should see compost ready in 4 months.

• Mulching – one of the best for nutrients and cost effective is leaf mulch. Simply take a black bin liner and put a few holes in the side and bottom. Collect your leaves and put them in the bag along with a spray of water. Tie the back and place it in a shaded area until the following autumn when you can apply to the plot. Try to exclude conifer and evergreen as these take several years to decompose. If you have a larger area and a lot of leaves to collect, make a leaf bin out of stakes and chicken netting.

• Wildlife friendly plots – help to encourage bees, butterflies, hedgehogs and frogs especially in more urban areas. Avoid using harsh chemicals buy using companion planting or manually removing pests. Think about creating a wild flower section which may also include a small pond. Set up bee-boxes, hedgehogs-homes and log piles.

Why Johnsons are net contributors to the environment

Why Johnsons are net contributors to the environment

June 4th, 2018 by

Why Johnsons are net contributors to the environment  

To mark World Environment Day on the 5th June, Johnsons is proud to list some of the ways we help make a positive contribution to the world around us:

• We achieved BS8555 ‘Development of Systems leading to full Environmental System’ in 2006
• We are accredited to the international quality standard ISO 9001:2015, and the environmental standard ISO 14001:2015, making us one of the few true net contributors to the environment
• No non-conforming activities have been identified for the past three years
• Our irrigation system uses rainfall and water wastage from the reservoirs
• We were identified as having the best UK nursery management systems by the MOD prior to their Aldershot refurbishment
• Our recycling for all waste, including plastic pots, is audited externally
• Our long release fertilizer included in all potting composts to ensure a nutrient reserve after planting
• 240 nursery stock growers have been inspected as potential suppliers of the widest range of available nursery stock
• The use of peat in our compost has been reduced by 40% by using crushed bark and wood fibre as alternatives
• Seven of our internal managers act as internal auditors of the environmental system
• All of our commercial vehicles now conform to the low emission standards
• All of our articulated truck trailers are low loading high volume spec
• All stores of liquids are fully bunded to prevent leakage to ground
• Our drainage systems have been upgraded to reduce scouring and silt erosion
• We are a member of the Ethical Compliance Scheme
• We have introduced a plant bio-security policy
• We have improved water oxygenation installed in irrigation ponds
• We have installed a bio-mass boiler installed to heat our propagation glasshouse and four staff houses
• We have erected many bird boxes erected and nesting birds are always protected
• We drilled an additional at Whixley to reduce use of mains water
• Our environmental systems work in tandem with quality and health and safety
• Our 200Kwh Biomass boiler has reduced the use of heating oil and provides winter protection for 1000s of plants
• The plants we supply embellish their surroundings

Our guide to outdoor watering in dry weather

Our guide to outdoor watering in dry weather

June 26th, 2018 by

Our guide to outdoor watering in dry weather

Drought (the definition for a gardener): drought is considered to occur in a garden when the soil moisture in the plant root zone is exhausted and the plants wilt. A continuous period of 15 days when there has been no measurable rain.

1) In hot weather, water in the cool of the early morning, in the evening the soil and the atmosphere will still be very warm and applied water will quickly evaporate.

2) Frequent light watering does not penetrate deep into the soil, soak the soil to a good depth from time to time. This will encourage deeper rooting and the tapping of water at lower levels.

3) After a heavy watering apply a mulch around the plant or tree, leaving 4-6 inches around the main stem to prevent fungal attacks. Remember that fine water absorbing roots are not under the trunk, but towards the edge of the plant canopy.

4) If water is not available it has been traditional to hoe the surface soil, but not deeply as you may be cutting surface roots. A crumbly, hoed surface will prevent transpiration from lower depths and facilitate the rapid absorption of rain, or water, which is applied.

5) When watering with a hose, use a rose in the end so that there is no solid water stream as this would contribute to water run-off and erosion.

6) There are now many good water sprinklers on the market which have a wide range of spray patters for efficient watering in a round or rectangular pattern. A sprinkler in conjunction with a water timer in the hose line will make the whole process so much easier.

7) Seep-hoses are particularly useful as they can be wound amongst plants that are susceptible to drought and left down all year.

8) Whenever possible, use rainwater (collected in a rainwater butt) for watering lime hating plants. such as rhododendrons, camellias, etc.

9) It’s worth noting that, half an inch of rain equals approx. 13,600 galls/acre or 2.8 gall/sq.

10) Remember, waterlogging can be as bad as drought!